From d7f75136c88bc0db87ffe3e9b1f044f8b4af2416 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eric Amodio Date: Sat, 7 Nov 2020 01:39:59 -0500 Subject: [PATCH] Updates dependencies --- package.json | 13 +- src/@types/vscode.d.ts | 12100 ----------------------------------------------- yarn.lock | 195 +- 3 files changed, 100 insertions(+), 12208 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 src/@types/vscode.d.ts diff --git a/package.json b/package.json index 4aca368..7a286b4 100644 --- a/package.json +++ b/package.json @@ -8135,7 +8135,7 @@ "dependencies": { "@octokit/graphql": "4.5.7", "chroma-js": "2.1.0", - "dayjs": "1.9.4", + "dayjs": "1.9.5", "iconv-lite": "0.6.2", "lodash-es": "4.17.15", "sortablejs": "1.12.0", @@ -8146,31 +8146,32 @@ "@types/lodash-es": "4.17.3", "@types/node": "12.12.70", "@types/sortablejs": "1.10.6", + "@types/vscode": "1.51.0", "@typescript-eslint/eslint-plugin": "4.6.1", "@typescript-eslint/parser": "4.6.1", "circular-dependency-plugin": "5.2.2", "clean-webpack-plugin": "3.0.0", "csp-html-webpack-plugin": "4.0.0", "css-loader": "5.0.1", - "eslint": "7.12.1", + "eslint": "7.13.0", "eslint-cli": "1.1.1", "eslint-config-prettier": "6.15.0", "eslint-plugin-import": "2.22.1", - "fork-ts-checker-webpack-plugin": "6.0.0-alpha.3", + "fork-ts-checker-webpack-plugin": "6.0.0", "html-loader": "1.3.2", "html-webpack-plugin": "5.0.0-alpha.11", "html-webpack-skip-assets-plugin": "0.0.2", "imagemin-webpack-plugin": "2.4.2", - "mini-css-extract-plugin": "1.2.1", + "mini-css-extract-plugin": "1.3.0", "node-sass": "5.0.0", "prettier": "2.1.2", "sass-loader": "10.0.5", "terser-webpack-plugin": "5.0.3", - "ts-loader": "8.0.9", + "ts-loader": "8.0.10", "typescript": "4.0.5", "vsce": "1.81.1", "webpack": "5.4.0", - "webpack-bundle-analyzer": "3.9.0", + "webpack-bundle-analyzer": "4.1.0", "webpack-cli": "4.2.0" } } diff --git a/src/@types/vscode.d.ts b/src/@types/vscode.d.ts deleted file mode 100644 index 99ba257..0000000 --- a/src/@types/vscode.d.ts +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12100 +0,0 @@ -/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. - * Licensed under the MIT License. See License.txt in the project root for license information. - *--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -declare module 'vscode' { - - /** - * The version of the editor. - */ - export const version: string; - - /** - * Represents a reference to a command. Provides a title which - * will be used to represent a command in the UI and, optionally, - * an array of arguments which will be passed to the command handler - * function when invoked. - */ - export interface Command { - /** - * Title of the command, like `save`. - */ - title: string; - - /** - * The identifier of the actual command handler. - * @see [commands.registerCommand](#commands.registerCommand). - */ - command: string; - - /** - * A tooltip for the command, when represented in the UI. - */ - tooltip?: string; - - /** - * Arguments that the command handler should be - * invoked with. - */ - arguments?: any[]; - } - - /** - * Represents a line of text, such as a line of source code. - * - * TextLine objects are __immutable__. When a [document](#TextDocument) changes, - * previously retrieved lines will not represent the latest state. - */ - export interface TextLine { - - /** - * The zero-based line number. - */ - readonly lineNumber: number; - - /** - * The text of this line without the line separator characters. - */ - readonly text: string; - - /** - * The range this line covers without the line separator characters. - */ - readonly range: Range; - - /** - * The range this line covers with the line separator characters. - */ - readonly rangeIncludingLineBreak: Range; - - /** - * The offset of the first character which is not a whitespace character as defined - * by `/\s/`. **Note** that if a line is all whitespace the length of the line is returned. - */ - readonly firstNonWhitespaceCharacterIndex: number; - - /** - * Whether this line is whitespace only, shorthand - * for [TextLine.firstNonWhitespaceCharacterIndex](#TextLine.firstNonWhitespaceCharacterIndex) === [TextLine.text.length](#TextLine.text). - */ - readonly isEmptyOrWhitespace: boolean; - } - - /** - * Represents a text document, such as a source file. Text documents have - * [lines](#TextLine) and knowledge about an underlying resource like a file. - */ - export interface TextDocument { - - /** - * The associated uri for this document. - * - * *Note* that most documents use the `file`-scheme, which means they are files on disk. However, **not** all documents are - * saved on disk and therefore the `scheme` must be checked before trying to access the underlying file or siblings on disk. - * - * @see [FileSystemProvider](#FileSystemProvider) - * @see [TextDocumentContentProvider](#TextDocumentContentProvider) - */ - readonly uri: Uri; - - /** - * The file system path of the associated resource. Shorthand - * notation for [TextDocument.uri.fsPath](#TextDocument.uri). Independent of the uri scheme. - */ - readonly fileName: string; - - /** - * Is this document representing an untitled file which has never been saved yet. *Note* that - * this does not mean the document will be saved to disk, use [`uri.scheme`](#Uri.scheme) - * to figure out where a document will be [saved](#FileSystemProvider), e.g. `file`, `ftp` etc. - */ - readonly isUntitled: boolean; - - /** - * The identifier of the language associated with this document. - */ - readonly languageId: string; - - /** - * The version number of this document (it will strictly increase after each - * change, including undo/redo). - */ - readonly version: number; - - /** - * `true` if there are unpersisted changes. - */ - readonly isDirty: boolean; - - /** - * `true` if the document has been closed. A closed document isn't synchronized anymore - * and won't be re-used when the same resource is opened again. - */ - readonly isClosed: boolean; - - /** - * Save the underlying file. - * - * @return A promise that will resolve to true when the file - * has been saved. If the file was not dirty or the save failed, - * will return false. - */ - save(): Thenable; - - /** - * The [end of line](#EndOfLine) sequence that is predominately - * used in this document. - */ - readonly eol: EndOfLine; - - /** - * The number of lines in this document. - */ - readonly lineCount: number; - - /** - * Returns a text line denoted by the line number. Note - * that the returned object is *not* live and changes to the - * document are not reflected. - * - * @param line A line number in [0, lineCount). - * @return A [line](#TextLine). - */ - lineAt(line: number): TextLine; - - /** - * Returns a text line denoted by the position. Note - * that the returned object is *not* live and changes to the - * document are not reflected. - * - * The position will be [adjusted](#TextDocument.validatePosition). - * - * @see [TextDocument.lineAt](#TextDocument.lineAt) - * @param position A position. - * @return A [line](#TextLine). - */ - lineAt(position: Position): TextLine; - - /** - * Converts the position to a zero-based offset. - * - * The position will be [adjusted](#TextDocument.validatePosition). - * - * @param position A position. - * @return A valid zero-based offset. - */ - offsetAt(position: Position): number; - - /** - * Converts a zero-based offset to a position. - * - * @param offset A zero-based offset. - * @return A valid [position](#Position). - */ - positionAt(offset: number): Position; - - /** - * Get the text of this document. A substring can be retrieved by providing - * a range. The range will be [adjusted](#TextDocument.validateRange). - * - * @param range Include only the text included by the range. - * @return The text inside the provided range or the entire text. - */ - getText(range?: Range): string; - - /** - * Get a word-range at the given position. By default words are defined by - * common separators, like space, -, _, etc. In addition, per language custom - * [word definitions](#LanguageConfiguration.wordPattern) can be defined. It - * is also possible to provide a custom regular expression. - * - * * *Note 1:* A custom regular expression must not match the empty string and - * if it does, it will be ignored. - * * *Note 2:* A custom regular expression will fail to match multiline strings - * and in the name of speed regular expressions should not match words with - * spaces. Use [`TextLine.text`](#TextLine.text) for more complex, non-wordy, scenarios. - * - * The position will be [adjusted](#TextDocument.validatePosition). - * - * @param position A position. - * @param regex Optional regular expression that describes what a word is. - * @return A range spanning a word, or `undefined`. - */ - getWordRangeAtPosition(position: Position, regex?: RegExp): Range | undefined; - - /** - * Ensure a range is completely contained in this document. - * - * @param range A range. - * @return The given range or a new, adjusted range. - */ - validateRange(range: Range): Range; - - /** - * Ensure a position is contained in the range of this document. - * - * @param position A position. - * @return The given position or a new, adjusted position. - */ - validatePosition(position: Position): Position; - } - - /** - * Represents a line and character position, such as - * the position of the cursor. - * - * Position objects are __immutable__. Use the [with](#Position.with) or - * [translate](#Position.translate) methods to derive new positions - * from an existing position. - */ - export class Position { - - /** - * The zero-based line value. - */ - readonly line: number; - - /** - * The zero-based character value. - */ - readonly character: number; - - /** - * @param line A zero-based line value. - * @param character A zero-based character value. - */ - constructor(line: number, character: number); - - /** - * Check if this position is before `other`. - * - * @param other A position. - * @return `true` if position is on a smaller line - * or on the same line on a smaller character. - */ - isBefore(other: Position): boolean; - - /** - * Check if this position is before or equal to `other`. - * - * @param other A position. - * @return `true` if position is on a smaller line - * or on the same line on a smaller or equal character. - */ - isBeforeOrEqual(other: Position): boolean; - - /** - * Check if this position is after `other`. - * - * @param other A position. - * @return `true` if position is on a greater line - * or on the same line on a greater character. - */ - isAfter(other: Position): boolean; - - /** - * Check if this position is after or equal to `other`. - * - * @param other A position. - * @return `true` if position is on a greater line - * or on the same line on a greater or equal character. - */ - isAfterOrEqual(other: Position): boolean; - - /** - * Check if this position is equal to `other`. - * - * @param other A position. - * @return `true` if the line and character of the given position are equal to - * the line and character of this position. - */ - isEqual(other: Position): boolean; - - /** - * Compare this to `other`. - * - * @param other A position. - * @return A number smaller than zero if this position is before the given position, - * a number greater than zero if this position is after the given position, or zero when - * this and the given position are equal. - */ - compareTo(other: Position): number; - - /** - * Create a new position relative to this position. - * - * @param lineDelta Delta value for the line value, default is `0`. - * @param characterDelta Delta value for the character value, default is `0`. - * @return A position which line and character is the sum of the current line and - * character and the corresponding deltas. - */ - translate(lineDelta?: number, characterDelta?: number): Position; - - /** - * Derived a new position relative to this position. - * - * @param change An object that describes a delta to this position. - * @return A position that reflects the given delta. Will return `this` position if the change - * is not changing anything. - */ - translate(change: { lineDelta?: number; characterDelta?: number; }): Position; - - /** - * Create a new position derived from this position. - * - * @param line Value that should be used as line value, default is the [existing value](#Position.line) - * @param character Value that should be used as character value, default is the [existing value](#Position.character) - * @return A position where line and character are replaced by the given values. - */ - with(line?: number, character?: number): Position; - - /** - * Derived a new position from this position. - * - * @param change An object that describes a change to this position. - * @return A position that reflects the given change. Will return `this` position if the change - * is not changing anything. - */ - with(change: { line?: number; character?: number; }): Position; - } - - /** - * A range represents an ordered pair of two positions. - * It is guaranteed that [start](#Range.start).isBeforeOrEqual([end](#Range.end)) - * - * Range objects are __immutable__. Use the [with](#Range.with), - * [intersection](#Range.intersection), or [union](#Range.union) methods - * to derive new ranges from an existing range. - */ - export class Range { - - /** - * The start position. It is before or equal to [end](#Range.end). - */ - readonly start: Position; - - /** - * The end position. It is after or equal to [start](#Range.start). - */ - readonly end: Position; - - /** - * Create a new range from two positions. If `start` is not - * before or equal to `end`, the values will be swapped. - * - * @param start A position. - * @param end A position. - */ - constructor(start: Position, end: Position); - - /** - * Create a new range from number coordinates. It is a shorter equivalent of - * using `new Range(new Position(startLine, startCharacter), new Position(endLine, endCharacter))` - * - * @param startLine A zero-based line value. - * @param startCharacter A zero-based character value. - * @param endLine A zero-based line value. - * @param endCharacter A zero-based character value. - */ - constructor(startLine: number, startCharacter: number, endLine: number, endCharacter: number); - - /** - * `true` if `start` and `end` are equal. - */ - isEmpty: boolean; - - /** - * `true` if `start.line` and `end.line` are equal. - */ - isSingleLine: boolean; - - /** - * Check if a position or a range is contained in this range. - * - * @param positionOrRange A position or a range. - * @return `true` if the position or range is inside or equal - * to this range. - */ - contains(positionOrRange: Position | Range): boolean; - - /** - * Check if `other` equals this range. - * - * @param other A range. - * @return `true` when start and end are [equal](#Position.isEqual) to - * start and end of this range. - */ - isEqual(other: Range): boolean; - - /** - * Intersect `range` with this range and returns a new range or `undefined` - * if the ranges have no overlap. - * - * @param range A range. - * @return A range of the greater start and smaller end positions. Will - * return undefined when there is no overlap. - */ - intersection(range: Range): Range | undefined; - - /** - * Compute the union of `other` with this range. - * - * @param other A range. - * @return A range of smaller start position and the greater end position. - */ - union(other: Range): Range; - - /** - * Derived a new range from this range. - * - * @param start A position that should be used as start. The default value is the [current start](#Range.start). - * @param end A position that should be used as end. The default value is the [current end](#Range.end). - * @return A range derived from this range with the given start and end position. - * If start and end are not different `this` range will be returned. - */ - with(start?: Position, end?: Position): Range; - - /** - * Derived a new range from this range. - * - * @param change An object that describes a change to this range. - * @return A range that reflects the given change. Will return `this` range if the change - * is not changing anything. - */ - with(change: { start?: Position, end?: Position }): Range; - } - - /** - * Represents a text selection in an editor. - */ - export class Selection extends Range { - - /** - * The position at which the selection starts. - * This position might be before or after [active](#Selection.active). - */ - anchor: Position; - - /** - * The position of the cursor. - * This position might be before or after [anchor](#Selection.anchor). - */ - active: Position; - - /** - * Create a selection from two positions. - * - * @param anchor A position. - * @param active A position. - */ - constructor(anchor: Position, active: Position); - - /** - * Create a selection from four coordinates. - * - * @param anchorLine A zero-based line value. - * @param anchorCharacter A zero-based character value. - * @param activeLine A zero-based line value. - * @param activeCharacter A zero-based character value. - */ - constructor(anchorLine: number, anchorCharacter: number, activeLine: number, activeCharacter: number); - - /** - * A selection is reversed if [active](#Selection.active).isBefore([anchor](#Selection.anchor)). - */ - isReversed: boolean; - } - - /** - * Represents sources that can cause [selection change events](#window.onDidChangeTextEditorSelection). - */ - export enum TextEditorSelectionChangeKind { - /** - * Selection changed due to typing in the editor. - */ - Keyboard = 1, - /** - * Selection change due to clicking in the editor. - */ - Mouse = 2, - /** - * Selection changed because a command ran. - */ - Command = 3 - } - - /** - * Represents an event describing the change in a [text editor's selections](#TextEditor.selections). - */ - export interface TextEditorSelectionChangeEvent { - /** - * The [text editor](#TextEditor) for which the selections have changed. - */ - readonly textEditor: TextEditor; - /** - * The new value for the [text editor's selections](#TextEditor.selections). - */ - readonly selections: ReadonlyArray; - /** - * The [change kind](#TextEditorSelectionChangeKind) which has triggered this - * event. Can be `undefined`. - */ - readonly kind?: TextEditorSelectionChangeKind; - } - - /** - * Represents an event describing the change in a [text editor's visible ranges](#TextEditor.visibleRanges). - */ - export interface TextEditorVisibleRangesChangeEvent { - /** - * The [text editor](#TextEditor) for which the visible ranges have changed. - */ - readonly textEditor: TextEditor; - /** - * The new value for the [text editor's visible ranges](#TextEditor.visibleRanges). - */ - readonly visibleRanges: ReadonlyArray; - } - - /** - * Represents an event describing the change in a [text editor's options](#TextEditor.options). - */ - export interface TextEditorOptionsChangeEvent { - /** - * The [text editor](#TextEditor) for which the options have changed. - */ - readonly textEditor: TextEditor; - /** - * The new value for the [text editor's options](#TextEditor.options). - */ - readonly options: TextEditorOptions; - } - - /** - * Represents an event describing the change of a [text editor's view column](#TextEditor.viewColumn). - */ - export interface TextEditorViewColumnChangeEvent { - /** - * The [text editor](#TextEditor) for which the view column has changed. - */ - readonly textEditor: TextEditor; - /** - * The new value for the [text editor's view column](#TextEditor.viewColumn). - */ - readonly viewColumn: ViewColumn; - } - - /** - * Rendering style of the cursor. - */ - export enum TextEditorCursorStyle { - /** - * Render the cursor as a vertical thick line. - */ - Line = 1, - /** - * Render the cursor as a block filled. - */ - Block = 2, - /** - * Render the cursor as a thick horizontal line. - */ - Underline = 3, - /** - * Render the cursor as a vertical thin line. - */ - LineThin = 4, - /** - * Render the cursor as a block outlined. - */ - BlockOutline = 5, - /** - * Render the cursor as a thin horizontal line. - */ - UnderlineThin = 6 - } - - /** - * Rendering style of the line numbers. - */ - export enum TextEditorLineNumbersStyle { - /** - * Do not render the line numbers. - */ - Off = 0, - /** - * Render the line numbers. - */ - On = 1, - /** - * Render the line numbers with values relative to the primary cursor location. - */ - Relative = 2 - } - - /** - * Represents a [text editor](#TextEditor)'s [options](#TextEditor.options). - */ - export interface TextEditorOptions { - - /** - * The size in spaces a tab takes. This is used for two purposes: - * - the rendering width of a tab character; - * - the number of spaces to insert when [insertSpaces](#TextEditorOptions.insertSpaces) is true. - * - * When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a number (resolved). - * When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a number or `"auto"`. - */ - tabSize?: number | string; - - /** - * When pressing Tab insert [n](#TextEditorOptions.tabSize) spaces. - * When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a boolean (resolved). - * When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a boolean or `"auto"`. - */ - insertSpaces?: boolean | string; - - /** - * The rendering style of the cursor in this editor. - * When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be present. - * When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional. - */ - cursorStyle?: TextEditorCursorStyle; - - /** - * Render relative line numbers w.r.t. the current line number. - * When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be present. - * When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional. - */ - lineNumbers?: TextEditorLineNumbersStyle; - } - - /** - * Represents a handle to a set of decorations - * sharing the same [styling options](#DecorationRenderOptions) in a [text editor](#TextEditor). - * - * To get an instance of a `TextEditorDecorationType` use - * [createTextEditorDecorationType](#window.createTextEditorDecorationType). - */ - export interface TextEditorDecorationType { - - /** - * Internal representation of the handle. - */ - readonly key: string; - - /** - * Remove this decoration type and all decorations on all text editors using it. - */ - dispose(): void; - } - - /** - * Represents different [reveal](#TextEditor.revealRange) strategies in a text editor. - */ - export enum TextEditorRevealType { - /** - * The range will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible. - */ - Default = 0, - /** - * The range will always be revealed in the center of the viewport. - */ - InCenter = 1, - /** - * If the range is outside the viewport, it will be revealed in the center of the viewport. - * Otherwise, it will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible. - */ - InCenterIfOutsideViewport = 2, - /** - * The range will always be revealed at the top of the viewport. - */ - AtTop = 3 - } - - /** - * Represents different positions for rendering a decoration in an [overview ruler](#DecorationRenderOptions.overviewRulerLane). - * The overview ruler supports three lanes. - */ - export enum OverviewRulerLane { - Left = 1, - Center = 2, - Right = 4, - Full = 7 - } - - /** - * Describes the behavior of decorations when typing/editing at their edges. - */ - export enum DecorationRangeBehavior { - /** - * The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the start or end. - */ - OpenOpen = 0, - /** - * The decoration's range will not widen when edits occur at the start of end. - */ - ClosedClosed = 1, - /** - * The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the start, but not at the end. - */ - OpenClosed = 2, - /** - * The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the end, but not at the start. - */ - ClosedOpen = 3 - } - - /** - * Represents options to configure the behavior of showing a [document](#TextDocument) in an [editor](#TextEditor). - */ - export interface TextDocumentShowOptions { - /** - * An optional view column in which the [editor](#TextEditor) should be shown. - * The default is the [active](#ViewColumn.Active), other values are adjusted to - * be `Min(column, columnCount + 1)`, the [active](#ViewColumn.Active)-column is - * not adjusted. Use [`ViewColumn.Beside`](#ViewColumn.Beside) to open the - * editor to the side of the currently active one. - */ - viewColumn?: ViewColumn; - - /** - * An optional flag that when `true` will stop the [editor](#TextEditor) from taking focus. - */ - preserveFocus?: boolean; - - /** - * An optional flag that controls if an [editor](#TextEditor)-tab will be replaced - * with the next editor or if it will be kept. - */ - preview?: boolean; - - /** - * An optional selection to apply for the document in the [editor](#TextEditor). - */ - selection?: Range; - } - - /** - * A reference to one of the workbench colors as defined in https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/getstarted/theme-color-reference. - * Using a theme color is preferred over a custom color as it gives theme authors and users the possibility to change the color. - */ - export class ThemeColor { - - /** - * Creates a reference to a theme color. - * @param id of the color. The available colors are listed in https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/getstarted/theme-color-reference. - */ - constructor(id: string); - } - - /** - * A reference to a named icon. Currently, [File](#ThemeIcon.File), [Folder](#ThemeIcon.Folder), - * and [codicons](https://microsoft.github.io/vscode-codicons/dist/codicon.html) are supported. - * Using a theme icon is preferred over a custom icon as it gives theme authors the possibility to change the icons. - * - * *Note* that theme icons can also be rendered inside labels and descriptions. Places that support theme icons spell this out - * and they use the `$()`-syntax, for instance `quickPick.label = "Hello World $(globe)"`. - */ - export class ThemeIcon { - /** - * Reference to an icon representing a file. The icon is taken from the current file icon theme or a placeholder icon is used. - */ - static readonly File: ThemeIcon; - - /** - * Reference to an icon representing a folder. The icon is taken from the current file icon theme or a placeholder icon is used. - */ - static readonly Folder: ThemeIcon; - - /** - * The id of the icon. The available icons are listed in https://microsoft.github.io/vscode-codicons/dist/codicon.html. - */ - readonly id: string; - - /** - * The optional ThemeColor of the icon. The color is currently only used in [TreeItem](#TreeItem). - */ - readonly color?: ThemeColor; - - /** - * Creates a reference to a theme icon. - * @param id id of the icon. The available icons are listed in https://microsoft.github.io/vscode-codicons/dist/codicon.html. - * @param color optional `ThemeColor` for the icon. The color is currently only used in [TreeItem](#TreeItem). - */ - constructor(id: string, color?: ThemeColor); - } - - /** - * Represents theme specific rendering styles for a [text editor decoration](#TextEditorDecorationType). - */ - export interface ThemableDecorationRenderOptions { - /** - * Background color of the decoration. Use rgba() and define transparent background colors to play well with other decorations. - * Alternatively a color from the color registry can be [referenced](#ThemeColor). - */ - backgroundColor?: string | ThemeColor; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - */ - outline?: string; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - * Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties. - */ - outlineColor?: string | ThemeColor; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - * Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties. - */ - outlineStyle?: string; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - * Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties. - */ - outlineWidth?: string; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - */ - border?: string; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - * Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties. - */ - borderColor?: string | ThemeColor; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - * Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties. - */ - borderRadius?: string; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - * Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties. - */ - borderSpacing?: string; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - * Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties. - */ - borderStyle?: string; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - * Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties. - */ - borderWidth?: string; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - */ - fontStyle?: string; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - */ - fontWeight?: string; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - */ - textDecoration?: string; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - */ - cursor?: string; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - */ - color?: string | ThemeColor; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - */ - opacity?: string; - - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - */ - letterSpacing?: string; - - /** - * An **absolute path** or an URI to an image to be rendered in the gutter. - */ - gutterIconPath?: string | Uri; - - /** - * Specifies the size of the gutter icon. - * Available values are 'auto', 'contain', 'cover' and any percentage value. - * For further information: https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/jj127316(v=vs.85).aspx - */ - gutterIconSize?: string; - - /** - * The color of the decoration in the overview ruler. Use rgba() and define transparent colors to play well with other decorations. - */ - overviewRulerColor?: string | ThemeColor; - - /** - * Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text. - */ - before?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions; - - /** - * Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text. - */ - after?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions; - } - - export interface ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions { - /** - * Defines a text content that is shown in the attachment. Either an icon or a text can be shown, but not both. - */ - contentText?: string; - /** - * An **absolute path** or an URI to an image to be rendered in the attachment. Either an icon - * or a text can be shown, but not both. - */ - contentIconPath?: string | Uri; - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment. - */ - border?: string; - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. - */ - borderColor?: string | ThemeColor; - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment. - */ - fontStyle?: string; - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment. - */ - fontWeight?: string; - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment. - */ - textDecoration?: string; - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment. - */ - color?: string | ThemeColor; - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment. - */ - backgroundColor?: string | ThemeColor; - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment. - */ - margin?: string; - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment. - */ - width?: string; - /** - * CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment. - */ - height?: string; - } - - /** - * Represents rendering styles for a [text editor decoration](#TextEditorDecorationType). - */ - export interface DecorationRenderOptions extends ThemableDecorationRenderOptions { - /** - * Should the decoration be rendered also on the whitespace after the line text. - * Defaults to `false`. - */ - isWholeLine?: boolean; - - /** - * Customize the growing behavior of the decoration when edits occur at the edges of the decoration's range. - * Defaults to `DecorationRangeBehavior.OpenOpen`. - */ - rangeBehavior?: DecorationRangeBehavior; - - /** - * The position in the overview ruler where the decoration should be rendered. - */ - overviewRulerLane?: OverviewRulerLane; - - /** - * Overwrite options for light themes. - */ - light?: ThemableDecorationRenderOptions; - - /** - * Overwrite options for dark themes. - */ - dark?: ThemableDecorationRenderOptions; - } - - /** - * Represents options for a specific decoration in a [decoration set](#TextEditorDecorationType). - */ - export interface DecorationOptions { - - /** - * Range to which this decoration is applied. The range must not be empty. - */ - range: Range; - - /** - * A message that should be rendered when hovering over the decoration. - */ - hoverMessage?: MarkedString | MarkedString[]; - - /** - * Render options applied to the current decoration. For performance reasons, keep the - * number of decoration specific options small, and use decoration types wherever possible. - */ - renderOptions?: DecorationInstanceRenderOptions; - } - - export interface ThemableDecorationInstanceRenderOptions { - /** - * Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text. - */ - before?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions; - - /** - * Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text. - */ - after?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions; - } - - export interface DecorationInstanceRenderOptions extends ThemableDecorationInstanceRenderOptions { - /** - * Overwrite options for light themes. - */ - light?: ThemableDecorationInstanceRenderOptions; - - /** - * Overwrite options for dark themes. - */ - dark?: ThemableDecorationInstanceRenderOptions; - } - - /** - * Represents an editor that is attached to a [document](#TextDocument). - */ - export interface TextEditor { - - /** - * The document associated with this text editor. The document will be the same for the entire lifetime of this text editor. - */ - readonly document: TextDocument; - - /** - * The primary selection on this text editor. Shorthand for `TextEditor.selections[0]`. - */ - selection: Selection; - - /** - * The selections in this text editor. The primary selection is always at index 0. - */ - selections: Selection[]; - - /** - * The current visible ranges in the editor (vertically). - * This accounts only for vertical scrolling, and not for horizontal scrolling. - */ - readonly visibleRanges: Range[]; - - /** - * Text editor options. - */ - options: TextEditorOptions; - - /** - * The column in which this editor shows. Will be `undefined` in case this - * isn't one of the main editors, e.g. an embedded editor, or when the editor - * column is larger than three. - */ - readonly viewColumn?: ViewColumn; - - /** - * Perform an edit on the document associated with this text editor. - * - * The given callback-function is invoked with an [edit-builder](#TextEditorEdit) which must - * be used to make edits. Note that the edit-builder is only valid while the - * callback executes. - * - * @param callback A function which can create edits using an [edit-builder](#TextEditorEdit). - * @param options The undo/redo behavior around this edit. By default, undo stops will be created before and after this edit. - * @return A promise that resolves with a value indicating if the edits could be applied. - */ - edit(callback: (editBuilder: TextEditorEdit) => void, options?: { undoStopBefore: boolean; undoStopAfter: boolean; }): Thenable; - - /** - * Insert a [snippet](#SnippetString) and put the editor into snippet mode. "Snippet mode" - * means the editor adds placeholders and additional cursors so that the user can complete - * or accept the snippet. - * - * @param snippet The snippet to insert in this edit. - * @param location Position or range at which to insert the snippet, defaults to the current editor selection or selections. - * @param options The undo/redo behavior around this edit. By default, undo stops will be created before and after this edit. - * @return A promise that resolves with a value indicating if the snippet could be inserted. Note that the promise does not signal - * that the snippet is completely filled-in or accepted. - */ - insertSnippet(snippet: SnippetString, location?: Position | Range | ReadonlyArray | ReadonlyArray, options?: { undoStopBefore: boolean; undoStopAfter: boolean; }): Thenable; - - /** - * Adds a set of decorations to the text editor. If a set of decorations already exists with - * the given [decoration type](#TextEditorDecorationType), they will be replaced. - * - * @see [createTextEditorDecorationType](#window.createTextEditorDecorationType). - * - * @param decorationType A decoration type. - * @param rangesOrOptions Either [ranges](#Range) or more detailed [options](#DecorationOptions). - */ - setDecorations(decorationType: TextEditorDecorationType, rangesOrOptions: Range[] | DecorationOptions[]): void; - - /** - * Scroll as indicated by `revealType` in order to reveal the given range. - * - * @param range A range. - * @param revealType The scrolling strategy for revealing `range`. - */ - revealRange(range: Range, revealType?: TextEditorRevealType): void; - - /** - * Show the text editor. - * - * @deprecated Use [window.showTextDocument](#window.showTextDocument) instead. - * - * @param column The [column](#ViewColumn) in which to show this editor. - * This method shows unexpected behavior and will be removed in the next major update. - */ - show(column?: ViewColumn): void; - - /** - * Hide the text editor. - * - * @deprecated Use the command `workbench.action.closeActiveEditor` instead. - * This method shows unexpected behavior and will be removed in the next major update. - */ - hide(): void; - } - - /** - * Represents an end of line character sequence in a [document](#TextDocument). - */ - export enum EndOfLine { - /** - * The line feed `\n` character. - */ - LF = 1, - /** - * The carriage return line feed `\r\n` sequence. - */ - CRLF = 2 - } - - /** - * A complex edit that will be applied in one transaction on a TextEditor. - * This holds a description of the edits and if the edits are valid (i.e. no overlapping regions, document was not changed in the meantime, etc.) - * they can be applied on a [document](#TextDocument) associated with a [text editor](#TextEditor). - */ - export interface TextEditorEdit { - /** - * Replace a certain text region with a new value. - * You can use \r\n or \n in `value` and they will be normalized to the current [document](#TextDocument). - * - * @param location The range this operation should remove. - * @param value The new text this operation should insert after removing `location`. - */ - replace(location: Position | Range | Selection, value: string): void; - - /** - * Insert text at a location. - * You can use \r\n or \n in `value` and they will be normalized to the current [document](#TextDocument). - * Although the equivalent text edit can be made with [replace](#TextEditorEdit.replace), `insert` will produce a different resulting selection (it will get moved). - * - * @param location The position where the new text should be inserted. - * @param value The new text this operation should insert. - */ - insert(location: Position, value: string): void; - - /** - * Delete a certain text region. - * - * @param location The range this operation should remove. - */ - delete(location: Range | Selection): void; - - /** - * Set the end of line sequence. - * - * @param endOfLine The new end of line for the [document](#TextDocument). - */ - setEndOfLine(endOfLine: EndOfLine): void; - } - - /** - * A universal resource identifier representing either a file on disk - * or another resource, like untitled resources. - */ - export class Uri { - - /** - * Create an URI from a string, e.g. `http://www.msft.com/some/path`, - * `file:///usr/home`, or `scheme:with/path`. - * - * *Note* that for a while uris without a `scheme` were accepted. That is not correct - * as all uris should have a scheme. To avoid breakage of existing code the optional - * `strict`-argument has been added. We *strongly* advise to use it, e.g. `Uri.parse('my:uri', true)` - * - * @see [Uri.toString](#Uri.toString) - * @param value The string value of an Uri. - * @param strict Throw an error when `value` is empty or when no `scheme` can be parsed. - * @return A new Uri instance. - */ - static parse(value: string, strict?: boolean): Uri; - - /** - * Create an URI from a file system path. The [scheme](#Uri.scheme) - * will be `file`. - * - * The *difference* between `Uri#parse` and `Uri#file` is that the latter treats the argument - * as path, not as stringified-uri. E.g. `Uri.file(path)` is *not* the same as - * `Uri.parse('file://' + path)` because the path might contain characters that are - * interpreted (# and ?). See the following sample: - * ```ts - const good = URI.file('/coding/c#/project1'); - good.scheme === 'file'; - good.path === '/coding/c#/project1'; - good.fragment === ''; - - const bad = URI.parse('file://' + '/coding/c#/project1'); - bad.scheme === 'file'; - bad.path === '/coding/c'; // path is now broken - bad.fragment === '/project1'; - ``` - * - * @param path A file system or UNC path. - * @return A new Uri instance. - */ - static file(path: string): Uri; - - /** - * Create a new uri which path is the result of joining - * the path of the base uri with the provided path segments. - * - * - Note 1: `joinPath` only affects the path component - * and all other components (scheme, authority, query, and fragment) are - * left as they are. - * - Note 2: The base uri must have a path; an error is thrown otherwise. - * - * The path segments are normalized in the following ways: - * - sequences of path separators (`/` or `\`) are replaced with a single separator - * - for `file`-uris on windows, the backslash-character (`\`) is considered a path-separator - * - the `..`-segment denotes the parent segment, the `.` denotes the current segment - * - paths have a root which always remains, for instance on windows drive-letters are roots - * so that is true: `joinPath(Uri.file('file:///c:/root'), '../../other').fsPath === 'c:/other'` - * - * @param base An uri. Must have a path. - * @param pathSegments One more more path fragments - * @returns A new uri which path is joined with the given fragments - */ - static joinPath(base: Uri, ...pathSegments: string[]): Uri; - - /** - * Use the `file` and `parse` factory functions to create new `Uri` objects. - */ - private constructor(scheme: string, authority: string, path: string, query: string, fragment: string); - - /** - * Scheme is the `http` part of `http://www.msft.com/some/path?query#fragment`. - * The part before the first colon. - */ - readonly scheme: string; - - /** - * Authority is the `www.msft.com` part of `http://www.msft.com/some/path?query#fragment`. - * The part between the first double slashes and the next slash. - */ - readonly authority: string; - - /** - * Path is the `/some/path` part of `http://www.msft.com/some/path?query#fragment`. - */ - readonly path: string; - - /** - * Query is the `query` part of `http://www.msft.com/some/path?query#fragment`. - */ - readonly query: string; - - /** - * Fragment is the `fragment` part of `http://www.msft.com/some/path?query#fragment`. - */ - readonly fragment: string; - - /** - * The string representing the corresponding file system path of this Uri. - * - * Will handle UNC paths and normalize windows drive letters to lower-case. Also - * uses the platform specific path separator. - * - * * Will *not* validate the path for invalid characters and semantics. - * * Will *not* look at the scheme of this Uri. - * * The resulting string shall *not* be used for display purposes but - * for disk operations, like `readFile` et al. - * - * The *difference* to the [`path`](#Uri.path)-property is the use of the platform specific - * path separator and the handling of UNC paths. The sample below outlines the difference: - * ```ts - const u = URI.parse('file://server/c$/folder/file.txt') - u.authority === 'server' - u.path === '/shares/c$/file.txt' - u.fsPath === '\\server\c$\folder\file.txt' - ``` - */ - readonly fsPath: string; - - /** - * Derive a new Uri from this Uri. - * - * ```ts - * let file = Uri.parse('before:some/file/path'); - * let other = file.with({ scheme: 'after' }); - * assert.ok(other.toString() === 'after:some/file/path'); - * ``` - * - * @param change An object that describes a change to this Uri. To unset components use `null` or - * the empty string. - * @return A new Uri that reflects the given change. Will return `this` Uri if the change - * is not changing anything. - */ - with(change: { scheme?: string; authority?: string; path?: string; query?: string; fragment?: string }): Uri; - - /** - * Returns a string representation of this Uri. The representation and normalization - * of a URI depends on the scheme. - * - * * The resulting string can be safely used with [Uri.parse](#Uri.parse). - * * The resulting string shall *not* be used for display purposes. - * - * *Note* that the implementation will encode _aggressive_ which often leads to unexpected, - * but not incorrect, results. For instance, colons are encoded to `%3A` which might be unexpected - * in file-uri. Also `&` and `=` will be encoded which might be unexpected for http-uris. For stability - * reasons this cannot be changed anymore. If you suffer from too aggressive encoding you should use - * the `skipEncoding`-argument: `uri.toString(true)`. - * - * @param skipEncoding Do not percentage-encode the result, defaults to `false`. Note that - * the `#` and `?` characters occurring in the path will always be encoded. - * @returns A string representation of this Uri. - */ - toString(skipEncoding?: boolean): string; - - /** - * Returns a JSON representation of this Uri. - * - * @return An object. - */ - toJSON(): any; - } - - /** - * A cancellation token is passed to an asynchronous or long running - * operation to request cancellation, like cancelling a request - * for completion items because the user continued to type. - * - * To get an instance of a `CancellationToken` use a - * [CancellationTokenSource](#CancellationTokenSource). - */ - export interface CancellationToken { - - /** - * Is `true` when the token has been cancelled, `false` otherwise. - */ - isCancellationRequested: boolean; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires upon cancellation. - */ - onCancellationRequested: Event; - } - - /** - * A cancellation source creates and controls a [cancellation token](#CancellationToken). - */ - export class CancellationTokenSource { - - /** - * The cancellation token of this source. - */ - token: CancellationToken; - - /** - * Signal cancellation on the token. - */ - cancel(): void; - - /** - * Dispose object and free resources. - */ - dispose(): void; - } - - /** - * Represents a type which can release resources, such - * as event listening or a timer. - */ - export class Disposable { - - /** - * Combine many disposable-likes into one. Use this method - * when having objects with a dispose function which are not - * instances of Disposable. - * - * @param disposableLikes Objects that have at least a `dispose`-function member. - * @return Returns a new disposable which, upon dispose, will - * dispose all provided disposables. - */ - static from(...disposableLikes: { dispose: () => any }[]): Disposable; - - /** - * Creates a new Disposable calling the provided function - * on dispose. - * @param callOnDispose Function that disposes something. - */ - constructor(callOnDispose: Function); - - /** - * Dispose this object. - */ - dispose(): any; - } - - /** - * Represents a typed event. - * - * A function that represents an event to which you subscribe by calling it with - * a listener function as argument. - * - * @example - * item.onDidChange(function(event) { console.log("Event happened: " + event); }); - */ - export interface Event { - - /** - * A function that represents an event to which you subscribe by calling it with - * a listener function as argument. - * - * @param listener The listener function will be called when the event happens. - * @param thisArgs The `this`-argument which will be used when calling the event listener. - * @param disposables An array to which a [disposable](#Disposable) will be added. - * @return A disposable which unsubscribes the event listener. - */ - (listener: (e: T) => any, thisArgs?: any, disposables?: Disposable[]): Disposable; - } - - /** - * An event emitter can be used to create and manage an [event](#Event) for others - * to subscribe to. One emitter always owns one event. - * - * Use this class if you want to provide event from within your extension, for instance - * inside a [TextDocumentContentProvider](#TextDocumentContentProvider) or when providing - * API to other extensions. - */ - export class EventEmitter { - - /** - * The event listeners can subscribe to. - */ - event: Event; - - /** - * Notify all subscribers of the [event](#EventEmitter.event). Failure - * of one or more listener will not fail this function call. - * - * @param data The event object. - */ - fire(data: T): void; - - /** - * Dispose this object and free resources. - */ - dispose(): void; - } - - /** - * A file system watcher notifies about changes to files and folders - * on disk or from other [FileSystemProviders](#FileSystemProvider). - * - * To get an instance of a `FileSystemWatcher` use - * [createFileSystemWatcher](#workspace.createFileSystemWatcher). - */ - export interface FileSystemWatcher extends Disposable { - - /** - * true if this file system watcher has been created such that - * it ignores creation file system events. - */ - ignoreCreateEvents: boolean; - - /** - * true if this file system watcher has been created such that - * it ignores change file system events. - */ - ignoreChangeEvents: boolean; - - /** - * true if this file system watcher has been created such that - * it ignores delete file system events. - */ - ignoreDeleteEvents: boolean; - - /** - * An event which fires on file/folder creation. - */ - onDidCreate: Event; - - /** - * An event which fires on file/folder change. - */ - onDidChange: Event; - - /** - * An event which fires on file/folder deletion. - */ - onDidDelete: Event; - } - - /** - * A text document content provider allows to add readonly documents - * to the editor, such as source from a dll or generated html from md. - * - * Content providers are [registered](#workspace.registerTextDocumentContentProvider) - * for a [uri-scheme](#Uri.scheme). When a uri with that scheme is to - * be [loaded](#workspace.openTextDocument) the content provider is - * asked. - */ - export interface TextDocumentContentProvider { - - /** - * An event to signal a resource has changed. - */ - onDidChange?: Event; - - /** - * Provide textual content for a given uri. - * - * The editor will use the returned string-content to create a readonly - * [document](#TextDocument). Resources allocated should be released when - * the corresponding document has been [closed](#workspace.onDidCloseTextDocument). - * - * **Note**: The contents of the created [document](#TextDocument) might not be - * identical to the provided text due to end-of-line-sequence normalization. - * - * @param uri An uri which scheme matches the scheme this provider was [registered](#workspace.registerTextDocumentContentProvider) for. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return A string or a thenable that resolves to such. - */ - provideTextDocumentContent(uri: Uri, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * Represents an item that can be selected from - * a list of items. - */ - export interface QuickPickItem { - - /** - * A human-readable string which is rendered prominent. Supports rendering of [theme icons](#ThemeIcon) via - * the `$()`-syntax. - */ - label: string; - - /** - * A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent in the same line. Supports rendering of - * [theme icons](#ThemeIcon) via the `$()`-syntax. - */ - description?: string; - - /** - * A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent in a separate line. Supports rendering of - * [theme icons](#ThemeIcon) via the `$()`-syntax. - */ - detail?: string; - - /** - * Optional flag indicating if this item is picked initially. - * (Only honored when the picker allows multiple selections.) - * - * @see [QuickPickOptions.canPickMany](#QuickPickOptions.canPickMany) - */ - picked?: boolean; - - /** - * Always show this item. - */ - alwaysShow?: boolean; - } - - /** - * Options to configure the behavior of the quick pick UI. - */ - export interface QuickPickOptions { - /** - * An optional flag to include the description when filtering the picks. - */ - matchOnDescription?: boolean; - - /** - * An optional flag to include the detail when filtering the picks. - */ - matchOnDetail?: boolean; - - /** - * An optional string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user what to pick on. - */ - placeHolder?: string; - - /** - * Set to `true` to keep the picker open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window. - */ - ignoreFocusOut?: boolean; - - /** - * An optional flag to make the picker accept multiple selections, if true the result is an array of picks. - */ - canPickMany?: boolean; - - /** - * An optional function that is invoked whenever an item is selected. - */ - onDidSelectItem?(item: QuickPickItem | string): any; - } - - /** - * Options to configure the behaviour of the [workspace folder](#WorkspaceFolder) pick UI. - */ - export interface WorkspaceFolderPickOptions { - - /** - * An optional string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user what to pick on. - */ - placeHolder?: string; - - /** - * Set to `true` to keep the picker open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window. - */ - ignoreFocusOut?: boolean; - } - - /** - * Options to configure the behaviour of a file open dialog. - * - * * Note 1: A dialog can select files, folders, or both. This is not true for Windows - * which enforces to open either files or folder, but *not both*. - * * Note 2: Explicitly setting `canSelectFiles` and `canSelectFolders` to `false` is futile - * and the editor then silently adjusts the options to select files. - */ - export interface OpenDialogOptions { - /** - * The resource the dialog shows when opened. - */ - defaultUri?: Uri; - - /** - * A human-readable string for the open button. - */ - openLabel?: string; - - /** - * Allow to select files, defaults to `true`. - */ - canSelectFiles?: boolean; - - /** - * Allow to select folders, defaults to `false`. - */ - canSelectFolders?: boolean; - - /** - * Allow to select many files or folders. - */ - canSelectMany?: boolean; - - /** - * A set of file filters that are used by the dialog. Each entry is a human-readable label, - * like "TypeScript", and an array of extensions, e.g. - * ```ts - * { - * 'Images': ['png', 'jpg'] - * 'TypeScript': ['ts', 'tsx'] - * } - * ``` - */ - filters?: { [name: string]: string[] }; - - /** - * Dialog title. - * - * This parameter might be ignored, as not all operating systems display a title on open dialogs - * (for example, macOS). - */ - title?: string; - } - - /** - * Options to configure the behaviour of a file save dialog. - */ - export interface SaveDialogOptions { - /** - * The resource the dialog shows when opened. - */ - defaultUri?: Uri; - - /** - * A human-readable string for the save button. - */ - saveLabel?: string; - - /** - * A set of file filters that are used by the dialog. Each entry is a human-readable label, - * like "TypeScript", and an array of extensions, e.g. - * ```ts - * { - * 'Images': ['png', 'jpg'] - * 'TypeScript': ['ts', 'tsx'] - * } - * ``` - */ - filters?: { [name: string]: string[] }; - - /** - * Dialog title. - * - * This parameter might be ignored, as not all operating systems display a title on save dialogs - * (for example, macOS). - */ - title?: string; - } - - /** - * Represents an action that is shown with an information, warning, or - * error message. - * - * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage) - * @see [showWarningMessage](#window.showWarningMessage) - * @see [showErrorMessage](#window.showErrorMessage) - */ - export interface MessageItem { - - /** - * A short title like 'Retry', 'Open Log' etc. - */ - title: string; - - /** - * A hint for modal dialogs that the item should be triggered - * when the user cancels the dialog (e.g. by pressing the ESC - * key). - * - * Note: this option is ignored for non-modal messages. - */ - isCloseAffordance?: boolean; - } - - /** - * Options to configure the behavior of the message. - * - * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage) - * @see [showWarningMessage](#window.showWarningMessage) - * @see [showErrorMessage](#window.showErrorMessage) - */ - export interface MessageOptions { - - /** - * Indicates that this message should be modal. - */ - modal?: boolean; - } - - /** - * Options to configure the behavior of the input box UI. - */ - export interface InputBoxOptions { - - /** - * The value to prefill in the input box. - */ - value?: string; - - /** - * Selection of the prefilled [`value`](#InputBoxOptions.value). Defined as tuple of two number where the - * first is the inclusive start index and the second the exclusive end index. When `undefined` the whole - * word will be selected, when empty (start equals end) only the cursor will be set, - * otherwise the defined range will be selected. - */ - valueSelection?: [number, number]; - - /** - * The text to display underneath the input box. - */ - prompt?: string; - - /** - * An optional string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user what to type. - */ - placeHolder?: string; - - /** - * Controls if a password input is shown. Password input hides the typed text. - */ - password?: boolean; - - /** - * Set to `true` to keep the input box open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window. - */ - ignoreFocusOut?: boolean; - - /** - * An optional function that will be called to validate input and to give a hint - * to the user. - * - * @param value The current value of the input box. - * @return A human-readable string which is presented as diagnostic message. - * Return `undefined`, `null`, or the empty string when 'value' is valid. - */ - validateInput?(value: string): string | undefined | null | Thenable; - } - - /** - * A relative pattern is a helper to construct glob patterns that are matched - * relatively to a base path. The base path can either be an absolute file path - * or a [workspace folder](#WorkspaceFolder). - */ - export class RelativePattern { - - /** - * A base file path to which this pattern will be matched against relatively. - */ - base: string; - - /** - * A file glob pattern like `*.{ts,js}` that will be matched on file paths - * relative to the base path. - * - * Example: Given a base of `/home/work/folder` and a file path of `/home/work/folder/index.js`, - * the file glob pattern will match on `index.js`. - */ - pattern: string; - - /** - * Creates a new relative pattern object with a base path and pattern to match. This pattern - * will be matched on file paths relative to the base path. - * - * @param base A base file path to which this pattern will be matched against relatively. - * @param pattern A file glob pattern like `*.{ts,js}` that will be matched on file paths - * relative to the base path. - */ - constructor(base: WorkspaceFolder | string, pattern: string) - } - - /** - * A file glob pattern to match file paths against. This can either be a glob pattern string - * (like `**​/*.{ts,js}` or `*.{ts,js}`) or a [relative pattern](#RelativePattern). - * - * Glob patterns can have the following syntax: - * * `*` to match one or more characters in a path segment - * * `?` to match on one character in a path segment - * * `**` to match any number of path segments, including none - * * `{}` to group conditions (e.g. `**​/*.{ts,js}` matches all TypeScript and JavaScript files) - * * `[]` to declare a range of characters to match in a path segment (e.g., `example.[0-9]` to match on `example.0`, `example.1`, …) - * * `[!...]` to negate a range of characters to match in a path segment (e.g., `example.[!0-9]` to match on `example.a`, `example.b`, but not `example.0`) - * - * Note: a backslash (`\`) is not valid within a glob pattern. If you have an existing file - * path to match against, consider to use the [relative pattern](#RelativePattern) support - * that takes care of converting any backslash into slash. Otherwise, make sure to convert - * any backslash to slash when creating the glob pattern. - */ - export type GlobPattern = string | RelativePattern; - - /** - * A document filter denotes a document by different properties like - * the [language](#TextDocument.languageId), the [scheme](#Uri.scheme) of - * its resource, or a glob-pattern that is applied to the [path](#TextDocument.fileName). - * - * @example A language filter that applies to typescript files on disk - * { language: 'typescript', scheme: 'file' } - * - * @example A language filter that applies to all package.json paths - * { language: 'json', scheme: 'untitled', pattern: '**​/package.json' } - */ - export interface DocumentFilter { - - /** - * A language id, like `typescript`. - */ - readonly language?: string; - - /** - * A Uri [scheme](#Uri.scheme), like `file` or `untitled`. - */ - readonly scheme?: string; - - /** - * A [glob pattern](#GlobPattern) that is matched on the absolute path of the document. Use a [relative pattern](#RelativePattern) - * to filter documents to a [workspace folder](#WorkspaceFolder). - */ - readonly pattern?: GlobPattern; - } - - /** - * A language selector is the combination of one or many language identifiers - * and [language filters](#DocumentFilter). - * - * *Note* that a document selector that is just a language identifier selects *all* - * documents, even those that are not saved on disk. Only use such selectors when - * a feature works without further context, e.g. without the need to resolve related - * 'files'. - * - * @example - * let sel:DocumentSelector = { scheme: 'file', language: 'typescript' }; - */ - export type DocumentSelector = DocumentFilter | string | ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * A provider result represents the values a provider, like the [`HoverProvider`](#HoverProvider), - * may return. For once this is the actual result type `T`, like `Hover`, or a thenable that resolves - * to that type `T`. In addition, `null` and `undefined` can be returned - either directly or from a - * thenable. - * - * The snippets below are all valid implementations of the [`HoverProvider`](#HoverProvider): - * - * ```ts - * let a: HoverProvider = { - * provideHover(doc, pos, token): ProviderResult { - * return new Hover('Hello World'); - * } - * } - * - * let b: HoverProvider = { - * provideHover(doc, pos, token): ProviderResult { - * return new Promise(resolve => { - * resolve(new Hover('Hello World')); - * }); - * } - * } - * - * let c: HoverProvider = { - * provideHover(doc, pos, token): ProviderResult { - * return; // undefined - * } - * } - * ``` - */ - export type ProviderResult = T | undefined | null | Thenable; - - /** - * Kind of a code action. - * - * Kinds are a hierarchical list of identifiers separated by `.`, e.g. `"refactor.extract.function"`. - * - * Code action kinds are used by VS Code for UI elements such as the refactoring context menu. Users - * can also trigger code actions with a specific kind with the `editor.action.codeAction` command. - */ - export class CodeActionKind { - /** - * Empty kind. - */ - static readonly Empty: CodeActionKind; - - /** - * Base kind for quickfix actions: `quickfix`. - * - * Quick fix actions address a problem in the code and are shown in the normal code action context menu. - */ - static readonly QuickFix: CodeActionKind; - - /** - * Base kind for refactoring actions: `refactor` - * - * Refactoring actions are shown in the refactoring context menu. - */ - static readonly Refactor: CodeActionKind; - - /** - * Base kind for refactoring extraction actions: `refactor.extract` - * - * Example extract actions: - * - * - Extract method - * - Extract function - * - Extract variable - * - Extract interface from class - * - ... - */ - static readonly RefactorExtract: CodeActionKind; - - /** - * Base kind for refactoring inline actions: `refactor.inline` - * - * Example inline actions: - * - * - Inline function - * - Inline variable - * - Inline constant - * - ... - */ - static readonly RefactorInline: CodeActionKind; - - /** - * Base kind for refactoring rewrite actions: `refactor.rewrite` - * - * Example rewrite actions: - * - * - Convert JavaScript function to class - * - Add or remove parameter - * - Encapsulate field - * - Make method static - * - Move method to base class - * - ... - */ - static readonly RefactorRewrite: CodeActionKind; - - /** - * Base kind for source actions: `source` - * - * Source code actions apply to the entire file. They must be explicitly requested and will not show in the - * normal [lightbulb](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_code-action) menu. Source actions - * can be run on save using `editor.codeActionsOnSave` and are also shown in the `source` context menu. - */ - static readonly Source: CodeActionKind; - - /** - * Base kind for an organize imports source action: `source.organizeImports`. - */ - static readonly SourceOrganizeImports: CodeActionKind; - - /** - * Base kind for auto-fix source actions: `source.fixAll`. - * - * Fix all actions automatically fix errors that have a clear fix that do not require user input. - * They should not suppress errors or perform unsafe fixes such as generating new types or classes. - */ - static readonly SourceFixAll: CodeActionKind; - - private constructor(value: string); - - /** - * String value of the kind, e.g. `"refactor.extract.function"`. - */ - readonly value: string; - - /** - * Create a new kind by appending a more specific selector to the current kind. - * - * Does not modify the current kind. - */ - append(parts: string): CodeActionKind; - - /** - * Checks if this code action kind intersects `other`. - * - * The kind `"refactor.extract"` for example intersects `refactor`, `"refactor.extract"` and ``"refactor.extract.function"`, - * but not `"unicorn.refactor.extract"`, or `"refactor.extractAll"`. - * - * @param other Kind to check. - */ - intersects(other: CodeActionKind): boolean; - - /** - * Checks if `other` is a sub-kind of this `CodeActionKind`. - * - * The kind `"refactor.extract"` for example contains `"refactor.extract"` and ``"refactor.extract.function"`, - * but not `"unicorn.refactor.extract"`, or `"refactor.extractAll"` or `refactor`. - * - * @param other Kind to check. - */ - contains(other: CodeActionKind): boolean; - } - - /** - * Contains additional diagnostic information about the context in which - * a [code action](#CodeActionProvider.provideCodeActions) is run. - */ - export interface CodeActionContext { - /** - * An array of diagnostics. - */ - readonly diagnostics: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * Requested kind of actions to return. - * - * Actions not of this kind are filtered out before being shown by the [lightbulb](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_code-action). - */ - readonly only?: CodeActionKind; - } - - /** - * A code action represents a change that can be performed in code, e.g. to fix a problem or - * to refactor code. - * - * A CodeAction must set either [`edit`](#CodeAction.edit) and/or a [`command`](#CodeAction.command). If both are supplied, the `edit` is applied first, then the command is executed. - */ - export class CodeAction { - - /** - * A short, human-readable, title for this code action. - */ - title: string; - - /** - * A [workspace edit](#WorkspaceEdit) this code action performs. - */ - edit?: WorkspaceEdit; - - /** - * [Diagnostics](#Diagnostic) that this code action resolves. - */ - diagnostics?: Diagnostic[]; - - /** - * A [command](#Command) this code action executes. - * - * If this command throws an exception, VS Code displays the exception message to users in the editor at the - * current cursor position. - */ - command?: Command; - - /** - * [Kind](#CodeActionKind) of the code action. - * - * Used to filter code actions. - */ - kind?: CodeActionKind; - - /** - * Marks this as a preferred action. Preferred actions are used by the `auto fix` command and can be targeted - * by keybindings. - * - * A quick fix should be marked preferred if it properly addresses the underlying error. - * A refactoring should be marked preferred if it is the most reasonable choice of actions to take. - */ - isPreferred?: boolean; - - /** - * Marks that the code action cannot currently be applied. - * - * - Disabled code actions are not shown in automatic [lightbulb](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_code-action) - * code action menu. - * - * - Disabled actions are shown as faded out in the code action menu when the user request a more specific type - * of code action, such as refactorings. - * - * - If the user has a [keybinding](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/refactoring#_keybindings-for-code-actions) - * that auto applies a code action and only a disabled code actions are returned, VS Code will show the user an - * error message with `reason` in the editor. - */ - disabled?: { - /** - * Human readable description of why the code action is currently disabled. - * - * This is displayed in the code actions UI. - */ - readonly reason: string; - }; - - /** - * Creates a new code action. - * - * A code action must have at least a [title](#CodeAction.title) and [edits](#CodeAction.edit) - * and/or a [command](#CodeAction.command). - * - * @param title The title of the code action. - * @param kind The kind of the code action. - */ - constructor(title: string, kind?: CodeActionKind); - } - - /** - * The code action interface defines the contract between extensions and - * the [lightbulb](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_code-action) feature. - * - * A code action can be any command that is [known](#commands.getCommands) to the system. - */ - export interface CodeActionProvider { - /** - * Provide commands for the given document and range. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param range The selector or range for which the command was invoked. This will always be a selection if - * there is a currently active editor. - * @param context Context carrying additional information. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return An array of commands, quick fixes, or refactorings or a thenable of such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array. - */ - provideCodeActions(document: TextDocument, range: Range | Selection, context: CodeActionContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult<(Command | CodeAction)[]>; - - /** - * Given a code action fill in its [`edit`](#CodeAction.edit)-property. Changes to - * all other properties, like title, are ignored. A code action that has an edit - * will not be resolved. - * - * *Note* that a code action provider that returns commands, not code actions, cannot successfully - * implement this function. Returning commands is deprecated and instead code actions should be - * returned. - * - * @param codeAction A code action. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return The resolved code action or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the given - * `item`. When no result is returned, the given `item` will be used. - */ - resolveCodeAction?(codeAction: T, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * Metadata about the type of code actions that a [CodeActionProvider](#CodeActionProvider) provides. - */ - export interface CodeActionProviderMetadata { - /** - * List of [CodeActionKinds](#CodeActionKind) that a [CodeActionProvider](#CodeActionProvider) may return. - * - * This list is used to determine if a given `CodeActionProvider` should be invoked or not. - * To avoid unnecessary computation, every `CodeActionProvider` should list use `providedCodeActionKinds`. The - * list of kinds may either be generic, such as `[CodeActionKind.Refactor]`, or list out every kind provided, - * such as `[CodeActionKind.Refactor.Extract.append('function'), CodeActionKind.Refactor.Extract.append('constant'), ...]`. - */ - readonly providedCodeActionKinds?: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * Static documentation for a class of code actions. - * - * Documentation from the provider is shown in the code actions menu if either: - * - * - Code actions of `kind` are requested by VS Code. In this case, VS Code will show the documentation that - * most closely matches the requested code action kind. For example, if a provider has documentation for - * both `Refactor` and `RefactorExtract`, when the user requests code actions for `RefactorExtract`, - * VS Code will use the documentation for `RefactorExtract` instead of the documentation for `Refactor`. - * - * - Any code actions of `kind` are returned by the provider. - * - * At most one documentation entry will be shown per provider. - */ - readonly documentation?: ReadonlyArray<{ - /** - * The kind of the code action being documented. - * - * If the kind is generic, such as `CodeActionKind.Refactor`, the documentation will be shown whenever any - * refactorings are returned. If the kind if more specific, such as `CodeActionKind.RefactorExtract`, the - * documentation will only be shown when extract refactoring code actions are returned. - */ - readonly kind: CodeActionKind; - - /** - * Command that displays the documentation to the user. - * - * This can display the documentation directly in VS Code or open a website using [`env.openExternal`](#env.openExternal); - * - * The title of this documentation code action is taken from [`Command.title`](#Command.title) - */ - readonly command: Command; - }>; - } - - /** - * A code lens represents a [command](#Command) that should be shown along with - * source text, like the number of references, a way to run tests, etc. - * - * A code lens is _unresolved_ when no command is associated to it. For performance - * reasons the creation of a code lens and resolving should be done to two stages. - * - * @see [CodeLensProvider.provideCodeLenses](#CodeLensProvider.provideCodeLenses) - * @see [CodeLensProvider.resolveCodeLens](#CodeLensProvider.resolveCodeLens) - */ - export class CodeLens { - - /** - * The range in which this code lens is valid. Should only span a single line. - */ - range: Range; - - /** - * The command this code lens represents. - */ - command?: Command; - - /** - * `true` when there is a command associated. - */ - readonly isResolved: boolean; - - /** - * Creates a new code lens object. - * - * @param range The range to which this code lens applies. - * @param command The command associated to this code lens. - */ - constructor(range: Range, command?: Command); - } - - /** - * A code lens provider adds [commands](#Command) to source text. The commands will be shown - * as dedicated horizontal lines in between the source text. - */ - export interface CodeLensProvider { - - /** - * An optional event to signal that the code lenses from this provider have changed. - */ - onDidChangeCodeLenses?: Event; - - /** - * Compute a list of [lenses](#CodeLens). This call should return as fast as possible and if - * computing the commands is expensive implementors should only return code lens objects with the - * range set and implement [resolve](#CodeLensProvider.resolveCodeLens). - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return An array of code lenses or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array. - */ - provideCodeLenses(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - - /** - * This function will be called for each visible code lens, usually when scrolling and after - * calls to [compute](#CodeLensProvider.provideCodeLenses)-lenses. - * - * @param codeLens Code lens that must be resolved. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return The given, resolved code lens or thenable that resolves to such. - */ - resolveCodeLens?(codeLens: T, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * Information about where a symbol is defined. - * - * Provides additional metadata over normal [location](#Location) definitions, including the range of - * the defining symbol - */ - export type DefinitionLink = LocationLink; - - /** - * The definition of a symbol represented as one or many [locations](#Location). - * For most programming languages there is only one location at which a symbol is - * defined. - */ - export type Definition = Location | Location[]; - - /** - * The definition provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * the [go to definition](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_go-to-definition) - * and peek definition features. - */ - export interface DefinitionProvider { - - /** - * Provide the definition of the symbol at the given position and document. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param position The position at which the command was invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`. - */ - provideDefinition(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * The implementation provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * the go to implementation feature. - */ - export interface ImplementationProvider { - - /** - * Provide the implementations of the symbol at the given position and document. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param position The position at which the command was invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`. - */ - provideImplementation(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * The type definition provider defines the contract between extensions and - * the go to type definition feature. - */ - export interface TypeDefinitionProvider { - - /** - * Provide the type definition of the symbol at the given position and document. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param position The position at which the command was invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`. - */ - provideTypeDefinition(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * The declaration of a symbol representation as one or many [locations](#Location) - * or [location links](#LocationLink). - */ - export type Declaration = Location | Location[] | LocationLink[]; - - /** - * The declaration provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * the go to declaration feature. - */ - export interface DeclarationProvider { - - /** - * Provide the declaration of the symbol at the given position and document. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param position The position at which the command was invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return A declaration or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`. - */ - provideDeclaration(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * The MarkdownString represents human-readable text that supports formatting via the - * markdown syntax. Standard markdown is supported, also tables, but no embedded html. - * - * When created with `supportThemeIcons` then rendering of [theme icons](#ThemeIcon) via - * the `$()`-syntax is supported. - */ - export class MarkdownString { - - /** - * The markdown string. - */ - value: string; - - /** - * Indicates that this markdown string is from a trusted source. Only *trusted* - * markdown supports links that execute commands, e.g. `[Run it](command:myCommandId)`. - */ - isTrusted?: boolean; - - /** - * Indicates that this markdown string can contain [ThemeIcons](#ThemeIcon), e.g. `$(zap)`. - */ - readonly supportThemeIcons?: boolean; - - /** - * Creates a new markdown string with the given value. - * - * @param value Optional, initial value. - * @param supportThemeIcons Optional, Specifies whether [ThemeIcons](#ThemeIcon) are supported within the [`MarkdownString`](#MarkdownString). - */ - constructor(value?: string, supportThemeIcons?: boolean); - - /** - * Appends and escapes the given string to this markdown string. - * @param value Plain text. - */ - appendText(value: string): MarkdownString; - - /** - * Appends the given string 'as is' to this markdown string. When [`supportThemeIcons`](#MarkdownString.supportThemeIcons) is `true`, [ThemeIcons](#ThemeIcon) in the `value` will be iconified. - * @param value Markdown string. - */ - appendMarkdown(value: string): MarkdownString; - - /** - * Appends the given string as codeblock using the provided language. - * @param value A code snippet. - * @param language An optional [language identifier](#languages.getLanguages). - */ - appendCodeblock(value: string, language?: string): MarkdownString; - } - - /** - * MarkedString can be used to render human-readable text. It is either a markdown string - * or a code-block that provides a language and a code snippet. Note that - * markdown strings will be sanitized - that means html will be escaped. - * - * @deprecated This type is deprecated, please use [`MarkdownString`](#MarkdownString) instead. - */ - export type MarkedString = MarkdownString | string | { language: string; value: string }; - - /** - * A hover represents additional information for a symbol or word. Hovers are - * rendered in a tooltip-like widget. - */ - export class Hover { - - /** - * The contents of this hover. - */ - contents: MarkedString[]; - - /** - * The range to which this hover applies. When missing, the - * editor will use the range at the current position or the - * current position itself. - */ - range?: Range; - - /** - * Creates a new hover object. - * - * @param contents The contents of the hover. - * @param range The range to which the hover applies. - */ - constructor(contents: MarkedString | MarkedString[], range?: Range); - } - - /** - * The hover provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * the [hover](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/intellisense)-feature. - */ - export interface HoverProvider { - - /** - * Provide a hover for the given position and document. Multiple hovers at the same - * position will be merged by the editor. A hover can have a range which defaults - * to the word range at the position when omitted. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param position The position at which the command was invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return A hover or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`. - */ - provideHover(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * An EvaluatableExpression represents an expression in a document that can be evaluated by an active debugger or runtime. - * The result of this evaluation is shown in a tooltip-like widget. - * If only a range is specified, the expression will be extracted from the underlying document. - * An optional expression can be used to override the extracted expression. - * In this case the range is still used to highlight the range in the document. - */ - export class EvaluatableExpression { - - /* - * The range is used to extract the evaluatable expression from the underlying document and to highlight it. - */ - readonly range: Range; - - /* - * If specified the expression overrides the extracted expression. - */ - readonly expression?: string; - - /** - * Creates a new evaluatable expression object. - * - * @param range The range in the underlying document from which the evaluatable expression is extracted. - * @param expression If specified overrides the extracted expression. - */ - constructor(range: Range, expression?: string); - } - - /** - * The evaluatable expression provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * the debug hover. In this contract the provider returns an evaluatable expression for a given position - * in a document and VS Code evaluates this expression in the active debug session and shows the result in a debug hover. - */ - export interface EvaluatableExpressionProvider { - - /** - * Provide an evaluatable expression for the given document and position. - * VS Code will evaluate this expression in the active debug session and will show the result in the debug hover. - * The expression can be implicitly specified by the range in the underlying document or by explicitly returning an expression. - * - * @param document The document for which the debug hover is about to appear. - * @param position The line and character position in the document where the debug hover is about to appear. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return An EvaluatableExpression or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`. - */ - provideEvaluatableExpression(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * A document highlight kind. - */ - export enum DocumentHighlightKind { - - /** - * A textual occurrence. - */ - Text = 0, - - /** - * Read-access of a symbol, like reading a variable. - */ - Read = 1, - - /** - * Write-access of a symbol, like writing to a variable. - */ - Write = 2 - } - - /** - * A document highlight is a range inside a text document which deserves - * special attention. Usually a document highlight is visualized by changing - * the background color of its range. - */ - export class DocumentHighlight { - - /** - * The range this highlight applies to. - */ - range: Range; - - /** - * The highlight kind, default is [text](#DocumentHighlightKind.Text). - */ - kind?: DocumentHighlightKind; - - /** - * Creates a new document highlight object. - * - * @param range The range the highlight applies to. - * @param kind The highlight kind, default is [text](#DocumentHighlightKind.Text). - */ - constructor(range: Range, kind?: DocumentHighlightKind); - } - - /** - * The document highlight provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * the word-highlight-feature. - */ - export interface DocumentHighlightProvider { - - /** - * Provide a set of document highlights, like all occurrences of a variable or - * all exit-points of a function. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param position The position at which the command was invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array. - */ - provideDocumentHighlights(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * A symbol kind. - */ - export enum SymbolKind { - File = 0, - Module = 1, - Namespace = 2, - Package = 3, - Class = 4, - Method = 5, - Property = 6, - Field = 7, - Constructor = 8, - Enum = 9, - Interface = 10, - Function = 11, - Variable = 12, - Constant = 13, - String = 14, - Number = 15, - Boolean = 16, - Array = 17, - Object = 18, - Key = 19, - Null = 20, - EnumMember = 21, - Struct = 22, - Event = 23, - Operator = 24, - TypeParameter = 25 - } - - /** - * Symbol tags are extra annotations that tweak the rendering of a symbol. - */ - export enum SymbolTag { - - /** - * Render a symbol as obsolete, usually using a strike-out. - */ - Deprecated = 1 - } - - /** - * Represents information about programming constructs like variables, classes, - * interfaces etc. - */ - export class SymbolInformation { - - /** - * The name of this symbol. - */ - name: string; - - /** - * The name of the symbol containing this symbol. - */ - containerName: string; - - /** - * The kind of this symbol. - */ - kind: SymbolKind; - - /** - * Tags for this symbol. - */ - tags?: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * The location of this symbol. - */ - location: Location; - - /** - * Creates a new symbol information object. - * - * @param name The name of the symbol. - * @param kind The kind of the symbol. - * @param containerName The name of the symbol containing the symbol. - * @param location The location of the symbol. - */ - constructor(name: string, kind: SymbolKind, containerName: string, location: Location); - - /** - * Creates a new symbol information object. - * - * @deprecated Please use the constructor taking a [location](#Location) object. - * - * @param name The name of the symbol. - * @param kind The kind of the symbol. - * @param range The range of the location of the symbol. - * @param uri The resource of the location of symbol, defaults to the current document. - * @param containerName The name of the symbol containing the symbol. - */ - constructor(name: string, kind: SymbolKind, range: Range, uri?: Uri, containerName?: string); - } - - /** - * Represents programming constructs like variables, classes, interfaces etc. that appear in a document. Document - * symbols can be hierarchical and they have two ranges: one that encloses its definition and one that points to - * its most interesting range, e.g. the range of an identifier. - */ - export class DocumentSymbol { - - /** - * The name of this symbol. - */ - name: string; - - /** - * More detail for this symbol, e.g. the signature of a function. - */ - detail: string; - - /** - * The kind of this symbol. - */ - kind: SymbolKind; - - /** - * Tags for this symbol. - */ - tags?: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * The range enclosing this symbol not including leading/trailing whitespace but everything else, e.g. comments and code. - */ - range: Range; - - /** - * The range that should be selected and reveal when this symbol is being picked, e.g. the name of a function. - * Must be contained by the [`range`](#DocumentSymbol.range). - */ - selectionRange: Range; - - /** - * Children of this symbol, e.g. properties of a class. - */ - children: DocumentSymbol[]; - - /** - * Creates a new document symbol. - * - * @param name The name of the symbol. - * @param detail Details for the symbol. - * @param kind The kind of the symbol. - * @param range The full range of the symbol. - * @param selectionRange The range that should be reveal. - */ - constructor(name: string, detail: string, kind: SymbolKind, range: Range, selectionRange: Range); - } - - /** - * The document symbol provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * the [go to symbol](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_go-to-symbol)-feature. - */ - export interface DocumentSymbolProvider { - - /** - * Provide symbol information for the given document. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array. - */ - provideDocumentSymbols(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * Metadata about a document symbol provider. - */ - export interface DocumentSymbolProviderMetadata { - /** - * A human-readable string that is shown when multiple outlines trees show for one document. - */ - label?: string; - } - - /** - * The workspace symbol provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * the [symbol search](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_open-symbol-by-name)-feature. - */ - export interface WorkspaceSymbolProvider { - - /** - * Project-wide search for a symbol matching the given query string. - * - * The `query`-parameter should be interpreted in a *relaxed way* as the editor will apply its own highlighting - * and scoring on the results. A good rule of thumb is to match case-insensitive and to simply check that the - * characters of *query* appear in their order in a candidate symbol. Don't use prefix, substring, or similar - * strict matching. - * - * To improve performance implementors can implement `resolveWorkspaceSymbol` and then provide symbols with partial - * [location](#SymbolInformation.location)-objects, without a `range` defined. The editor will then call - * `resolveWorkspaceSymbol` for selected symbols only, e.g. when opening a workspace symbol. - * - * @param query A query string, can be the empty string in which case all symbols should be returned. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array. - */ - provideWorkspaceSymbols(query: string, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - - /** - * Given a symbol fill in its [location](#SymbolInformation.location). This method is called whenever a symbol - * is selected in the UI. Providers can implement this method and return incomplete symbols from - * [`provideWorkspaceSymbols`](#WorkspaceSymbolProvider.provideWorkspaceSymbols) which often helps to improve - * performance. - * - * @param symbol The symbol that is to be resolved. Guaranteed to be an instance of an object returned from an - * earlier call to `provideWorkspaceSymbols`. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return The resolved symbol or a thenable that resolves to that. When no result is returned, - * the given `symbol` is used. - */ - resolveWorkspaceSymbol?(symbol: T, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * Value-object that contains additional information when - * requesting references. - */ - export interface ReferenceContext { - - /** - * Include the declaration of the current symbol. - */ - includeDeclaration: boolean; - } - - /** - * The reference provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * the [find references](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_peek)-feature. - */ - export interface ReferenceProvider { - - /** - * Provide a set of project-wide references for the given position and document. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param position The position at which the command was invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * - * @return An array of locations or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array. - */ - provideReferences(document: TextDocument, position: Position, context: ReferenceContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * A text edit represents edits that should be applied - * to a document. - */ - export class TextEdit { - - /** - * Utility to create a replace edit. - * - * @param range A range. - * @param newText A string. - * @return A new text edit object. - */ - static replace(range: Range, newText: string): TextEdit; - - /** - * Utility to create an insert edit. - * - * @param position A position, will become an empty range. - * @param newText A string. - * @return A new text edit object. - */ - static insert(position: Position, newText: string): TextEdit; - - /** - * Utility to create a delete edit. - * - * @param range A range. - * @return A new text edit object. - */ - static delete(range: Range): TextEdit; - - /** - * Utility to create an eol-edit. - * - * @param eol An eol-sequence - * @return A new text edit object. - */ - static setEndOfLine(eol: EndOfLine): TextEdit; - - /** - * The range this edit applies to. - */ - range: Range; - - /** - * The string this edit will insert. - */ - newText: string; - - /** - * The eol-sequence used in the document. - * - * *Note* that the eol-sequence will be applied to the - * whole document. - */ - newEol?: EndOfLine; - - /** - * Create a new TextEdit. - * - * @param range A range. - * @param newText A string. - */ - constructor(range: Range, newText: string); - } - - /** - * Additional data for entries of a workspace edit. Supports to label entries and marks entries - * as needing confirmation by the user. The editor groups edits with equal labels into tree nodes, - * for instance all edits labelled with "Changes in Strings" would be a tree node. - */ - export interface WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata { - - /** - * A flag which indicates that user confirmation is needed. - */ - needsConfirmation: boolean; - - /** - * A human-readable string which is rendered prominent. - */ - label: string; - - /** - * A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent on the same line. - */ - description?: string; - - /** - * The icon path or [ThemeIcon](#ThemeIcon) for the edit. - */ - iconPath?: Uri | { light: Uri; dark: Uri } | ThemeIcon; - } - - /** - * A workspace edit is a collection of textual and files changes for - * multiple resources and documents. - * - * Use the [applyEdit](#workspace.applyEdit)-function to apply a workspace edit. - */ - export class WorkspaceEdit { - - /** - * The number of affected resources of textual or resource changes. - */ - readonly size: number; - - /** - * Replace the given range with given text for the given resource. - * - * @param uri A resource identifier. - * @param range A range. - * @param newText A string. - * @param metadata Optional metadata for the entry. - */ - replace(uri: Uri, range: Range, newText: string, metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata): void; - - /** - * Insert the given text at the given position. - * - * @param uri A resource identifier. - * @param position A position. - * @param newText A string. - * @param metadata Optional metadata for the entry. - */ - insert(uri: Uri, position: Position, newText: string, metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata): void; - - /** - * Delete the text at the given range. - * - * @param uri A resource identifier. - * @param range A range. - * @param metadata Optional metadata for the entry. - */ - delete(uri: Uri, range: Range, metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata): void; - - /** - * Check if a text edit for a resource exists. - * - * @param uri A resource identifier. - * @return `true` if the given resource will be touched by this edit. - */ - has(uri: Uri): boolean; - - /** - * Set (and replace) text edits for a resource. - * - * @param uri A resource identifier. - * @param edits An array of text edits. - */ - set(uri: Uri, edits: TextEdit[]): void; - - /** - * Get the text edits for a resource. - * - * @param uri A resource identifier. - * @return An array of text edits. - */ - get(uri: Uri): TextEdit[]; - - /** - * Create a regular file. - * - * @param uri Uri of the new file.. - * @param options Defines if an existing file should be overwritten or be - * ignored. When overwrite and ignoreIfExists are both set overwrite wins. - * When both are unset and when the file already exists then the edit cannot - * be applied successfully. - * @param metadata Optional metadata for the entry. - */ - createFile(uri: Uri, options?: { overwrite?: boolean, ignoreIfExists?: boolean }, metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata): void; - - /** - * Delete a file or folder. - * - * @param uri The uri of the file that is to be deleted. - * @param metadata Optional metadata for the entry. - */ - deleteFile(uri: Uri, options?: { recursive?: boolean, ignoreIfNotExists?: boolean }, metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata): void; - - /** - * Rename a file or folder. - * - * @param oldUri The existing file. - * @param newUri The new location. - * @param options Defines if existing files should be overwritten or be - * ignored. When overwrite and ignoreIfExists are both set overwrite wins. - * @param metadata Optional metadata for the entry. - */ - renameFile(oldUri: Uri, newUri: Uri, options?: { overwrite?: boolean, ignoreIfExists?: boolean }, metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata): void; - - /** - * Get all text edits grouped by resource. - * - * @return A shallow copy of `[Uri, TextEdit[]]`-tuples. - */ - entries(): [Uri, TextEdit[]][]; - } - - /** - * A snippet string is a template which allows to insert text - * and to control the editor cursor when insertion happens. - * - * A snippet can define tab stops and placeholders with `$1`, `$2` - * and `${3:foo}`. `$0` defines the final tab stop, it defaults to - * the end of the snippet. Variables are defined with `$name` and - * `${name:default value}`. The full snippet syntax is documented - * [here](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/userdefinedsnippets#_creating-your-own-snippets). - */ - export class SnippetString { - - /** - * The snippet string. - */ - value: string; - - constructor(value?: string); - - /** - * Builder-function that appends the given string to - * the [`value`](#SnippetString.value) of this snippet string. - * - * @param string A value to append 'as given'. The string will be escaped. - * @return This snippet string. - */ - appendText(string: string): SnippetString; - - /** - * Builder-function that appends a tabstop (`$1`, `$2` etc) to - * the [`value`](#SnippetString.value) of this snippet string. - * - * @param number The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-increment - * value starting at 1. - * @return This snippet string. - */ - appendTabstop(number?: number): SnippetString; - - /** - * Builder-function that appends a placeholder (`${1:value}`) to - * the [`value`](#SnippetString.value) of this snippet string. - * - * @param value The value of this placeholder - either a string or a function - * with which a nested snippet can be created. - * @param number The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-increment - * value starting at 1. - * @return This snippet string. - */ - appendPlaceholder(value: string | ((snippet: SnippetString) => any), number?: number): SnippetString; - - /** - * Builder-function that appends a choice (`${1|a,b,c}`) to - * the [`value`](#SnippetString.value) of this snippet string. - * - * @param values The values for choices - the array of strings - * @param number The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-increment - * value starting at 1. - * @return This snippet string. - */ - appendChoice(values: string[], number?: number): SnippetString; - - /** - * Builder-function that appends a variable (`${VAR}`) to - * the [`value`](#SnippetString.value) of this snippet string. - * - * @param name The name of the variable - excluding the `$`. - * @param defaultValue The default value which is used when the variable name cannot - * be resolved - either a string or a function with which a nested snippet can be created. - * @return This snippet string. - */ - appendVariable(name: string, defaultValue: string | ((snippet: SnippetString) => any)): SnippetString; - } - - /** - * The rename provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * the [rename](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved#_rename-symbol)-feature. - */ - export interface RenameProvider { - - /** - * Provide an edit that describes changes that have to be made to one - * or many resources to rename a symbol to a different name. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param position The position at which the command was invoked. - * @param newName The new name of the symbol. If the given name is not valid, the provider must return a rejected promise. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return A workspace edit or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`. - */ - provideRenameEdits(document: TextDocument, position: Position, newName: string, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - - /** - * Optional function for resolving and validating a position *before* running rename. The result can - * be a range or a range and a placeholder text. The placeholder text should be the identifier of the symbol - * which is being renamed - when omitted the text in the returned range is used. - * - * *Note: * This function should throw an error or return a rejected thenable when the provided location - * doesn't allow for a rename. - * - * @param document The document in which rename will be invoked. - * @param position The position at which rename will be invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return The range or range and placeholder text of the identifier that is to be renamed. The lack of a result can signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`. - */ - prepareRename?(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * A semantic tokens legend contains the needed information to decipher - * the integer encoded representation of semantic tokens. - */ - export class SemanticTokensLegend { - /** - * The possible token types. - */ - readonly tokenTypes: string[]; - /** - * The possible token modifiers. - */ - readonly tokenModifiers: string[]; - - constructor(tokenTypes: string[], tokenModifiers?: string[]); - } - - /** - * A semantic tokens builder can help with creating a `SemanticTokens` instance - * which contains delta encoded semantic tokens. - */ - export class SemanticTokensBuilder { - - constructor(legend?: SemanticTokensLegend); - - /** - * Add another token. - * - * @param line The token start line number (absolute value). - * @param char The token start character (absolute value). - * @param length The token length in characters. - * @param tokenType The encoded token type. - * @param tokenModifiers The encoded token modifiers. - */ - push(line: number, char: number, length: number, tokenType: number, tokenModifiers?: number): void; - - /** - * Add another token. Use only when providing a legend. - * - * @param range The range of the token. Must be single-line. - * @param tokenType The token type. - * @param tokenModifiers The token modifiers. - */ - push(range: Range, tokenType: string, tokenModifiers?: string[]): void; - - /** - * Finish and create a `SemanticTokens` instance. - */ - build(resultId?: string): SemanticTokens; - } - - /** - * Represents semantic tokens, either in a range or in an entire document. - * @see [provideDocumentSemanticTokens](#DocumentSemanticTokensProvider.provideDocumentSemanticTokens) for an explanation of the format. - * @see [SemanticTokensBuilder](#SemanticTokensBuilder) for a helper to create an instance. - */ - export class SemanticTokens { - /** - * The result id of the tokens. - * - * This is the id that will be passed to `DocumentSemanticTokensProvider.provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits` (if implemented). - */ - readonly resultId?: string; - /** - * The actual tokens data. - * @see [provideDocumentSemanticTokens](#DocumentSemanticTokensProvider.provideDocumentSemanticTokens) for an explanation of the format. - */ - readonly data: Uint32Array; - - constructor(data: Uint32Array, resultId?: string); - } - - /** - * Represents edits to semantic tokens. - * @see [provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits](#DocumentSemanticTokensProvider.provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits) for an explanation of the format. - */ - export class SemanticTokensEdits { - /** - * The result id of the tokens. - * - * This is the id that will be passed to `DocumentSemanticTokensProvider.provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits` (if implemented). - */ - readonly resultId?: string; - /** - * The edits to the tokens data. - * All edits refer to the initial data state. - */ - readonly edits: SemanticTokensEdit[]; - - constructor(edits: SemanticTokensEdit[], resultId?: string); - } - - /** - * Represents an edit to semantic tokens. - * @see [provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits](#DocumentSemanticTokensProvider.provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits) for an explanation of the format. - */ - export class SemanticTokensEdit { - /** - * The start offset of the edit. - */ - readonly start: number; - /** - * The count of elements to remove. - */ - readonly deleteCount: number; - /** - * The elements to insert. - */ - readonly data?: Uint32Array; - - constructor(start: number, deleteCount: number, data?: Uint32Array); - } - - /** - * The document semantic tokens provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * semantic tokens. - */ - export interface DocumentSemanticTokensProvider { - /** - * An optional event to signal that the semantic tokens from this provider have changed. - */ - onDidChangeSemanticTokens?: Event; - - /** - * Tokens in a file are represented as an array of integers. The position of each token is expressed relative to - * the token before it, because most tokens remain stable relative to each other when edits are made in a file. - * - * --- - * In short, each token takes 5 integers to represent, so a specific token `i` in the file consists of the following array indices: - * - at index `5*i` - `deltaLine`: token line number, relative to the previous token - * - at index `5*i+1` - `deltaStart`: token start character, relative to the previous token (relative to 0 or the previous token's start if they are on the same line) - * - at index `5*i+2` - `length`: the length of the token. A token cannot be multiline. - * - at index `5*i+3` - `tokenType`: will be looked up in `SemanticTokensLegend.tokenTypes`. We currently ask that `tokenType` < 65536. - * - at index `5*i+4` - `tokenModifiers`: each set bit will be looked up in `SemanticTokensLegend.tokenModifiers` - * - * --- - * ### How to encode tokens - * - * Here is an example for encoding a file with 3 tokens in a uint32 array: - * ``` - * { line: 2, startChar: 5, length: 3, tokenType: "property", tokenModifiers: ["private", "static"] }, - * { line: 2, startChar: 10, length: 4, tokenType: "type", tokenModifiers: [] }, - * { line: 5, startChar: 2, length: 7, tokenType: "class", tokenModifiers: [] } - * ``` - * - * 1. First of all, a legend must be devised. This legend must be provided up-front and capture all possible token types. - * For this example, we will choose the following legend which must be passed in when registering the provider: - * ``` - * tokenTypes: ['property', 'type', 'class'], - * tokenModifiers: ['private', 'static'] - * ``` - * - * 2. The first transformation step is to encode `tokenType` and `tokenModifiers` as integers using the legend. Token types are looked - * up by index, so a `tokenType` value of `1` means `tokenTypes[1]`. Multiple token modifiers can be set by using bit flags, - * so a `tokenModifier` value of `3` is first viewed as binary `0b00000011`, which means `[tokenModifiers[0], tokenModifiers[1]]` because - * bits 0 and 1 are set. Using this legend, the tokens now are: - * ``` - * { line: 2, startChar: 5, length: 3, tokenType: 0, tokenModifiers: 3 }, - * { line: 2, startChar: 10, length: 4, tokenType: 1, tokenModifiers: 0 }, - * { line: 5, startChar: 2, length: 7, tokenType: 2, tokenModifiers: 0 } - * ``` - * - * 3. The next step is to represent each token relative to the previous token in the file. In this case, the second token - * is on the same line as the first token, so the `startChar` of the second token is made relative to the `startChar` - * of the first token, so it will be `10 - 5`. The third token is on a different line than the second token, so the - * `startChar` of the third token will not be altered: - * ``` - * { deltaLine: 2, deltaStartChar: 5, length: 3, tokenType: 0, tokenModifiers: 3 }, - * { deltaLine: 0, deltaStartChar: 5, length: 4, tokenType: 1, tokenModifiers: 0 }, - * { deltaLine: 3, deltaStartChar: 2, length: 7, tokenType: 2, tokenModifiers: 0 } - * ``` - * - * 4. Finally, the last step is to inline each of the 5 fields for a token in a single array, which is a memory friendly representation: - * ``` - * // 1st token, 2nd token, 3rd token - * [ 2,5,3,0,3, 0,5,4,1,0, 3,2,7,2,0 ] - * ``` - * - * @see [SemanticTokensBuilder](#SemanticTokensBuilder) for a helper to encode tokens as integers. - * *NOTE*: When doing edits, it is possible that multiple edits occur until VS Code decides to invoke the semantic tokens provider. - * *NOTE*: If the provider cannot temporarily compute semantic tokens, it can indicate this by throwing an error with the message 'Busy'. - */ - provideDocumentSemanticTokens(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - - /** - * Instead of always returning all the tokens in a file, it is possible for a `DocumentSemanticTokensProvider` to implement - * this method (`provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits`) and then return incremental updates to the previously provided semantic tokens. - * - * --- - * ### How tokens change when the document changes - * - * Suppose that `provideDocumentSemanticTokens` has previously returned the following semantic tokens: - * ``` - * // 1st token, 2nd token, 3rd token - * [ 2,5,3,0,3, 0,5,4,1,0, 3,2,7,2,0 ] - * ``` - * - * Also suppose that after some edits, the new semantic tokens in a file are: - * ``` - * // 1st token, 2nd token, 3rd token - * [ 3,5,3,0,3, 0,5,4,1,0, 3,2,7,2,0 ] - * ``` - * It is possible to express these new tokens in terms of an edit applied to the previous tokens: - * ``` - * [ 2,5,3,0,3, 0,5,4,1,0, 3,2,7,2,0 ] // old tokens - * [ 3,5,3,0,3, 0,5,4,1,0, 3,2,7,2,0 ] // new tokens - * - * edit: { start: 0, deleteCount: 1, data: [3] } // replace integer at offset 0 with 3 - * ``` - * - * *NOTE*: If the provider cannot compute `SemanticTokensEdits`, it can "give up" and return all the tokens in the document again. - * *NOTE*: All edits in `SemanticTokensEdits` contain indices in the old integers array, so they all refer to the previous result state. - */ - provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits?(document: TextDocument, previousResultId: string, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * The document range semantic tokens provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * semantic tokens. - */ - export interface DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider { - /** - * @see [provideDocumentSemanticTokens](#DocumentSemanticTokensProvider.provideDocumentSemanticTokens). - */ - provideDocumentRangeSemanticTokens(document: TextDocument, range: Range, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * Value-object describing what options formatting should use. - */ - export interface FormattingOptions { - - /** - * Size of a tab in spaces. - */ - tabSize: number; - - /** - * Prefer spaces over tabs. - */ - insertSpaces: boolean; - - /** - * Signature for further properties. - */ - [key: string]: boolean | number | string; - } - - /** - * The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * the formatting-feature. - */ - export interface DocumentFormattingEditProvider { - - /** - * Provide formatting edits for a whole document. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param options Options controlling formatting. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array. - */ - provideDocumentFormattingEdits(document: TextDocument, options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * the formatting-feature. - */ - export interface DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider { - - /** - * Provide formatting edits for a range in a document. - * - * The given range is a hint and providers can decide to format a smaller - * or larger range. Often this is done by adjusting the start and end - * of the range to full syntax nodes. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param range The range which should be formatted. - * @param options Options controlling formatting. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array. - */ - provideDocumentRangeFormattingEdits(document: TextDocument, range: Range, options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * The document formatting provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * the formatting-feature. - */ - export interface OnTypeFormattingEditProvider { - - /** - * Provide formatting edits after a character has been typed. - * - * The given position and character should hint to the provider - * what range the position to expand to, like find the matching `{` - * when `}` has been entered. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param position The position at which the command was invoked. - * @param ch The character that has been typed. - * @param options Options controlling formatting. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array. - */ - provideOnTypeFormattingEdits(document: TextDocument, position: Position, ch: string, options: FormattingOptions, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * Represents a parameter of a callable-signature. A parameter can - * have a label and a doc-comment. - */ - export class ParameterInformation { - - /** - * The label of this signature. - * - * Either a string or inclusive start and exclusive end offsets within its containing - * [signature label](#SignatureInformation.label). *Note*: A label of type string must be - * a substring of its containing signature information's [label](#SignatureInformation.label). - */ - label: string | [number, number]; - - /** - * The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shown - * in the UI but can be omitted. - */ - documentation?: string | MarkdownString; - - /** - * Creates a new parameter information object. - * - * @param label A label string or inclusive start and exclusive end offsets within its containing signature label. - * @param documentation A doc string. - */ - constructor(label: string | [number, number], documentation?: string | MarkdownString); - } - - /** - * Represents the signature of something callable. A signature - * can have a label, like a function-name, a doc-comment, and - * a set of parameters. - */ - export class SignatureInformation { - - /** - * The label of this signature. Will be shown in - * the UI. - */ - label: string; - - /** - * The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shown - * in the UI but can be omitted. - */ - documentation?: string | MarkdownString; - - /** - * The parameters of this signature. - */ - parameters: ParameterInformation[]; - - /** - * The index of the active parameter. - * - * If provided, this is used in place of [`SignatureHelp.activeSignature`](#SignatureHelp.activeSignature). - */ - activeParameter?: number; - - /** - * Creates a new signature information object. - * - * @param label A label string. - * @param documentation A doc string. - */ - constructor(label: string, documentation?: string | MarkdownString); - } - - /** - * Signature help represents the signature of something - * callable. There can be multiple signatures but only one - * active and only one active parameter. - */ - export class SignatureHelp { - - /** - * One or more signatures. - */ - signatures: SignatureInformation[]; - - /** - * The active signature. - */ - activeSignature: number; - - /** - * The active parameter of the active signature. - */ - activeParameter: number; - } - - /** - * How a [`SignatureHelpProvider`](#SignatureHelpProvider) was triggered. - */ - export enum SignatureHelpTriggerKind { - /** - * Signature help was invoked manually by the user or by a command. - */ - Invoke = 1, - - /** - * Signature help was triggered by a trigger character. - */ - TriggerCharacter = 2, - - /** - * Signature help was triggered by the cursor moving or by the document content changing. - */ - ContentChange = 3, - } - - /** - * Additional information about the context in which a - * [`SignatureHelpProvider`](#SignatureHelpProvider.provideSignatureHelp) was triggered. - */ - export interface SignatureHelpContext { - /** - * Action that caused signature help to be triggered. - */ - readonly triggerKind: SignatureHelpTriggerKind; - - /** - * Character that caused signature help to be triggered. - * - * This is `undefined` when signature help is not triggered by typing, such as when manually invoking - * signature help or when moving the cursor. - */ - readonly triggerCharacter?: string; - - /** - * `true` if signature help was already showing when it was triggered. - * - * Retriggers occur when the signature help is already active and can be caused by actions such as - * typing a trigger character, a cursor move, or document content changes. - */ - readonly isRetrigger: boolean; - - /** - * The currently active [`SignatureHelp`](#SignatureHelp). - * - * The `activeSignatureHelp` has its [`SignatureHelp.activeSignature`] field updated based on - * the user arrowing through available signatures. - */ - readonly activeSignatureHelp?: SignatureHelp; - } - - /** - * The signature help provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * the [parameter hints](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/intellisense)-feature. - */ - export interface SignatureHelpProvider { - - /** - * Provide help for the signature at the given position and document. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param position The position at which the command was invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @param context Information about how signature help was triggered. - * - * @return Signature help or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`. - */ - provideSignatureHelp(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken, context: SignatureHelpContext): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * Metadata about a registered [`SignatureHelpProvider`](#SignatureHelpProvider). - */ - export interface SignatureHelpProviderMetadata { - /** - * List of characters that trigger signature help. - */ - readonly triggerCharacters: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * List of characters that re-trigger signature help. - * - * These trigger characters are only active when signature help is already showing. All trigger characters - * are also counted as re-trigger characters. - */ - readonly retriggerCharacters: ReadonlyArray; - } - - /** - * Completion item kinds. - */ - export enum CompletionItemKind { - Text = 0, - Method = 1, - Function = 2, - Constructor = 3, - Field = 4, - Variable = 5, - Class = 6, - Interface = 7, - Module = 8, - Property = 9, - Unit = 10, - Value = 11, - Enum = 12, - Keyword = 13, - Snippet = 14, - Color = 15, - Reference = 17, - File = 16, - Folder = 18, - EnumMember = 19, - Constant = 20, - Struct = 21, - Event = 22, - Operator = 23, - TypeParameter = 24, - User = 25, - Issue = 26, - } - - /** - * Completion item tags are extra annotations that tweak the rendering of a completion - * item. - */ - export enum CompletionItemTag { - /** - * Render a completion as obsolete, usually using a strike-out. - */ - Deprecated = 1 - } - - /** - * A completion item represents a text snippet that is proposed to complete text that is being typed. - * - * It is sufficient to create a completion item from just a [label](#CompletionItem.label). In that - * case the completion item will replace the [word](#TextDocument.getWordRangeAtPosition) - * until the cursor with the given label or [insertText](#CompletionItem.insertText). Otherwise the - * given [edit](#CompletionItem.textEdit) is used. - * - * When selecting a completion item in the editor its defined or synthesized text edit will be applied - * to *all* cursors/selections whereas [additionalTextEdits](#CompletionItem.additionalTextEdits) will be - * applied as provided. - * - * @see [CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems](#CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems) - * @see [CompletionItemProvider.resolveCompletionItem](#CompletionItemProvider.resolveCompletionItem) - */ - export class CompletionItem { - - /** - * The label of this completion item. By default - * this is also the text that is inserted when selecting - * this completion. - */ - label: string; - - /** - * The kind of this completion item. Based on the kind - * an icon is chosen by the editor. - */ - kind?: CompletionItemKind; - - /** - * Tags for this completion item. - */ - tags?: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * A human-readable string with additional information - * about this item, like type or symbol information. - */ - detail?: string; - - /** - * A human-readable string that represents a doc-comment. - */ - documentation?: string | MarkdownString; - - /** - * A string that should be used when comparing this item - * with other items. When `falsy` the [label](#CompletionItem.label) - * is used. - * - * Note that `sortText` is only used for the initial ordering of completion - * items. When having a leading word (prefix) ordering is based on how - * well completion match that prefix and the initial ordering is only used - * when completions match equal. The prefix is defined by the - * [`range`](#CompletionItem.range)-property and can therefore be different - * for each completion. - */ - sortText?: string; - - /** - * A string that should be used when filtering a set of - * completion items. When `falsy` the [label](#CompletionItem.label) - * is used. - * - * Note that the filter text is matched against the leading word (prefix) which is defined - * by the [`range`](#CompletionItem.range)-property. - * prefix. - */ - filterText?: string; - - /** - * Select this item when showing. *Note* that only one completion item can be selected and - * that the editor decides which item that is. The rule is that the *first* item of those - * that match best is selected. - */ - preselect?: boolean; - - /** - * A string or snippet that should be inserted in a document when selecting - * this completion. When `falsy` the [label](#CompletionItem.label) - * is used. - */ - insertText?: string | SnippetString; - - /** - * A range or a insert and replace range selecting the text that should be replaced by this completion item. - * - * When omitted, the range of the [current word](#TextDocument.getWordRangeAtPosition) is used as replace-range - * and as insert-range the start of the [current word](#TextDocument.getWordRangeAtPosition) to the - * current position is used. - * - * *Note 1:* A range must be a [single line](#Range.isSingleLine) and it must - * [contain](#Range.contains) the position at which completion has been [requested](#CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems). - * *Note 2:* A insert range must be a prefix of a replace range, that means it must be contained and starting at the same position. - */ - range?: Range | { inserting: Range; replacing: Range; }; - - /** - * An optional set of characters that when pressed while this completion is active will accept it first and - * then type that character. *Note* that all commit characters should have `length=1` and that superfluous - * characters will be ignored. - */ - commitCharacters?: string[]; - - /** - * Keep whitespace of the [insertText](#CompletionItem.insertText) as is. By default, the editor adjusts leading - * whitespace of new lines so that they match the indentation of the line for which the item is accepted - setting - * this to `true` will prevent that. - */ - keepWhitespace?: boolean; - - /** - * @deprecated Use `CompletionItem.insertText` and `CompletionItem.range` instead. - * - * An [edit](#TextEdit) which is applied to a document when selecting - * this completion. When an edit is provided the value of - * [insertText](#CompletionItem.insertText) is ignored. - * - * The [range](#Range) of the edit must be single-line and on the same - * line completions were [requested](#CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems) at. - */ - textEdit?: TextEdit; - - /** - * An optional array of additional [text edits](#TextEdit) that are applied when - * selecting this completion. Edits must not overlap with the main [edit](#CompletionItem.textEdit) - * nor with themselves. - */ - additionalTextEdits?: TextEdit[]; - - /** - * An optional [command](#Command) that is executed *after* inserting this completion. *Note* that - * additional modifications to the current document should be described with the - * [additionalTextEdits](#CompletionItem.additionalTextEdits)-property. - */ - command?: Command; - - /** - * Creates a new completion item. - * - * Completion items must have at least a [label](#CompletionItem.label) which then - * will be used as insert text as well as for sorting and filtering. - * - * @param label The label of the completion. - * @param kind The [kind](#CompletionItemKind) of the completion. - */ - constructor(label: string, kind?: CompletionItemKind); - } - - /** - * Represents a collection of [completion items](#CompletionItem) to be presented - * in the editor. - */ - export class CompletionList { - - /** - * This list is not complete. Further typing should result in recomputing - * this list. - */ - isIncomplete?: boolean; - - /** - * The completion items. - */ - items: T[]; - - /** - * Creates a new completion list. - * - * @param items The completion items. - * @param isIncomplete The list is not complete. - */ - constructor(items?: T[], isIncomplete?: boolean); - } - - /** - * How a [completion provider](#CompletionItemProvider) was triggered - */ - export enum CompletionTriggerKind { - /** - * Completion was triggered normally. - */ - Invoke = 0, - /** - * Completion was triggered by a trigger character. - */ - TriggerCharacter = 1, - /** - * Completion was re-triggered as current completion list is incomplete - */ - TriggerForIncompleteCompletions = 2 - } - - /** - * Contains additional information about the context in which - * [completion provider](#CompletionItemProvider.provideCompletionItems) is triggered. - */ - export interface CompletionContext { - /** - * How the completion was triggered. - */ - readonly triggerKind: CompletionTriggerKind; - - /** - * Character that triggered the completion item provider. - * - * `undefined` if provider was not triggered by a character. - * - * The trigger character is already in the document when the completion provider is triggered. - */ - readonly triggerCharacter?: string; - } - - /** - * The completion item provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * [IntelliSense](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/intellisense). - * - * Providers can delay the computation of the [`detail`](#CompletionItem.detail) - * and [`documentation`](#CompletionItem.documentation) properties by implementing the - * [`resolveCompletionItem`](#CompletionItemProvider.resolveCompletionItem)-function. However, properties that - * are needed for the initial sorting and filtering, like `sortText`, `filterText`, `insertText`, and `range`, must - * not be changed during resolve. - * - * Providers are asked for completions either explicitly by a user gesture or -depending on the configuration- - * implicitly when typing words or trigger characters. - */ - export interface CompletionItemProvider { - - /** - * Provide completion items for the given position and document. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param position The position at which the command was invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @param context How the completion was triggered. - * - * @return An array of completions, a [completion list](#CompletionList), or a thenable that resolves to either. - * The lack of a result can be signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array. - */ - provideCompletionItems(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken, context: CompletionContext): ProviderResult>; - - /** - * Given a completion item fill in more data, like [doc-comment](#CompletionItem.documentation) - * or [details](#CompletionItem.detail). - * - * The editor will only resolve a completion item once. - * - * *Note* that this function is called when completion items are already showing in the UI or when an item has been - * selected for insertion. Because of that, no property that changes the presentation (label, sorting, filtering etc) - * or the (primary) insert behaviour ([insertText](#CompletionItem.insertText)) can be changed. - * - * This function may fill in [additionalTextEdits](#CompletionItem.additionalTextEdits). However, that means an item might be - * inserted *before* resolving is done and in that case the editor will do a best effort to still apply those additional - * text edits. - * - * @param item A completion item currently active in the UI. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return The resolved completion item or a thenable that resolves to of such. It is OK to return the given - * `item`. When no result is returned, the given `item` will be used. - */ - resolveCompletionItem?(item: T, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * A document link is a range in a text document that links to an internal or external resource, like another - * text document or a web site. - */ - export class DocumentLink { - - /** - * The range this link applies to. - */ - range: Range; - - /** - * The uri this link points to. - */ - target?: Uri; - - /** - * The tooltip text when you hover over this link. - * - * If a tooltip is provided, is will be displayed in a string that includes instructions on how to - * trigger the link, such as `{0} (ctrl + click)`. The specific instructions vary depending on OS, - * user settings, and localization. - */ - tooltip?: string; - - /** - * Creates a new document link. - * - * @param range The range the document link applies to. Must not be empty. - * @param target The uri the document link points to. - */ - constructor(range: Range, target?: Uri); - } - - /** - * The document link provider defines the contract between extensions and feature of showing - * links in the editor. - */ - export interface DocumentLinkProvider { - - /** - * Provide links for the given document. Note that the editor ships with a default provider that detects - * `http(s)` and `file` links. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return An array of [document links](#DocumentLink) or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result - * can be signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array. - */ - provideDocumentLinks(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - - /** - * Given a link fill in its [target](#DocumentLink.target). This method is called when an incomplete - * link is selected in the UI. Providers can implement this method and return incomplete links - * (without target) from the [`provideDocumentLinks`](#DocumentLinkProvider.provideDocumentLinks) method which - * often helps to improve performance. - * - * @param link The link that is to be resolved. - * @param token A cancellation token. - */ - resolveDocumentLink?(link: T, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * Represents a color in RGBA space. - */ - export class Color { - - /** - * The red component of this color in the range [0-1]. - */ - readonly red: number; - - /** - * The green component of this color in the range [0-1]. - */ - readonly green: number; - - /** - * The blue component of this color in the range [0-1]. - */ - readonly blue: number; - - /** - * The alpha component of this color in the range [0-1]. - */ - readonly alpha: number; - - /** - * Creates a new color instance. - * - * @param red The red component. - * @param green The green component. - * @param blue The blue component. - * @param alpha The alpha component. - */ - constructor(red: number, green: number, blue: number, alpha: number); - } - - /** - * Represents a color range from a document. - */ - export class ColorInformation { - - /** - * The range in the document where this color appears. - */ - range: Range; - - /** - * The actual color value for this color range. - */ - color: Color; - - /** - * Creates a new color range. - * - * @param range The range the color appears in. Must not be empty. - * @param color The value of the color. - * @param format The format in which this color is currently formatted. - */ - constructor(range: Range, color: Color); - } - - /** - * A color presentation object describes how a [`color`](#Color) should be represented as text and what - * edits are required to refer to it from source code. - * - * For some languages one color can have multiple presentations, e.g. css can represent the color red with - * the constant `Red`, the hex-value `#ff0000`, or in rgba and hsla forms. In csharp other representations - * apply, e.g. `System.Drawing.Color.Red`. - */ - export class ColorPresentation { - - /** - * The label of this color presentation. It will be shown on the color - * picker header. By default this is also the text that is inserted when selecting - * this color presentation. - */ - label: string; - - /** - * An [edit](#TextEdit) which is applied to a document when selecting - * this presentation for the color. When `falsy` the [label](#ColorPresentation.label) - * is used. - */ - textEdit?: TextEdit; - - /** - * An optional array of additional [text edits](#TextEdit) that are applied when - * selecting this color presentation. Edits must not overlap with the main [edit](#ColorPresentation.textEdit) nor with themselves. - */ - additionalTextEdits?: TextEdit[]; - - /** - * Creates a new color presentation. - * - * @param label The label of this color presentation. - */ - constructor(label: string); - } - - /** - * The document color provider defines the contract between extensions and feature of - * picking and modifying colors in the editor. - */ - export interface DocumentColorProvider { - - /** - * Provide colors for the given document. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return An array of [color information](#ColorInformation) or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result - * can be signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array. - */ - provideDocumentColors(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - - /** - * Provide [representations](#ColorPresentation) for a color. - * - * @param color The color to show and insert. - * @param context A context object with additional information - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return An array of color presentations or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result - * can be signaled by returning `undefined`, `null`, or an empty array. - */ - provideColorPresentations(color: Color, context: { document: TextDocument, range: Range }, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * A line based folding range. To be valid, start and end line must be bigger than zero and smaller than the number of lines in the document. - * Invalid ranges will be ignored. - */ - export class FoldingRange { - - /** - * The zero-based start line of the range to fold. The folded area starts after the line's last character. - * To be valid, the end must be zero or larger and smaller than the number of lines in the document. - */ - start: number; - - /** - * The zero-based end line of the range to fold. The folded area ends with the line's last character. - * To be valid, the end must be zero or larger and smaller than the number of lines in the document. - */ - end: number; - - /** - * Describes the [Kind](#FoldingRangeKind) of the folding range such as [Comment](#FoldingRangeKind.Comment) or - * [Region](#FoldingRangeKind.Region). The kind is used to categorize folding ranges and used by commands - * like 'Fold all comments'. See - * [FoldingRangeKind](#FoldingRangeKind) for an enumeration of all kinds. - * If not set, the range is originated from a syntax element. - */ - kind?: FoldingRangeKind; - - /** - * Creates a new folding range. - * - * @param start The start line of the folded range. - * @param end The end line of the folded range. - * @param kind The kind of the folding range. - */ - constructor(start: number, end: number, kind?: FoldingRangeKind); - } - - /** - * An enumeration of specific folding range kinds. The kind is an optional field of a [FoldingRange](#FoldingRange) - * and is used to distinguish specific folding ranges such as ranges originated from comments. The kind is used by commands like - * `Fold all comments` or `Fold all regions`. - * If the kind is not set on the range, the range originated from a syntax element other than comments, imports or region markers. - */ - export enum FoldingRangeKind { - /** - * Kind for folding range representing a comment. - */ - Comment = 1, - /** - * Kind for folding range representing a import. - */ - Imports = 2, - /** - * Kind for folding range representing regions originating from folding markers like `#region` and `#endregion`. - */ - Region = 3 - } - - /** - * Folding context (for future use) - */ - export interface FoldingContext { - } - - /** - * The folding range provider interface defines the contract between extensions and - * [Folding](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/codebasics#_folding) in the editor. - */ - export interface FoldingRangeProvider { - /** - * Returns a list of folding ranges or null and undefined if the provider - * does not want to participate or was cancelled. - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param context Additional context information (for future use) - * @param token A cancellation token. - */ - provideFoldingRanges(document: TextDocument, context: FoldingContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * A selection range represents a part of a selection hierarchy. A selection range - * may have a parent selection range that contains it. - */ - export class SelectionRange { - - /** - * The [range](#Range) of this selection range. - */ - range: Range; - - /** - * The parent selection range containing this range. - */ - parent?: SelectionRange; - - /** - * Creates a new selection range. - * - * @param range The range of the selection range. - * @param parent The parent of the selection range. - */ - constructor(range: Range, parent?: SelectionRange); - } - - export interface SelectionRangeProvider { - /** - * Provide selection ranges for the given positions. - * - * Selection ranges should be computed individually and independent for each position. The editor will merge - * and deduplicate ranges but providers must return hierarchies of selection ranges so that a range - * is [contained](#Range.contains) by its parent. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param positions The positions at which the command was invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return Selection ranges or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`. - */ - provideSelectionRanges(document: TextDocument, positions: Position[], token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * Represents programming constructs like functions or constructors in the context - * of call hierarchy. - */ - export class CallHierarchyItem { - /** - * The name of this item. - */ - name: string; - - /** - * The kind of this item. - */ - kind: SymbolKind; - - /** - * Tags for this item. - */ - tags?: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * More detail for this item, e.g. the signature of a function. - */ - detail?: string; - - /** - * The resource identifier of this item. - */ - uri: Uri; - - /** - * The range enclosing this symbol not including leading/trailing whitespace but everything else, e.g. comments and code. - */ - range: Range; - - /** - * The range that should be selected and revealed when this symbol is being picked, e.g. the name of a function. - * Must be contained by the [`range`](#CallHierarchyItem.range). - */ - selectionRange: Range; - - /** - * Creates a new call hierarchy item. - */ - constructor(kind: SymbolKind, name: string, detail: string, uri: Uri, range: Range, selectionRange: Range); - } - - /** - * Represents an incoming call, e.g. a caller of a method or constructor. - */ - export class CallHierarchyIncomingCall { - - /** - * The item that makes the call. - */ - from: CallHierarchyItem; - - /** - * The range at which at which the calls appears. This is relative to the caller - * denoted by [`this.from`](#CallHierarchyIncomingCall.from). - */ - fromRanges: Range[]; - - /** - * Create a new call object. - * - * @param item The item making the call. - * @param fromRanges The ranges at which the calls appear. - */ - constructor(item: CallHierarchyItem, fromRanges: Range[]); - } - - /** - * Represents an outgoing call, e.g. calling a getter from a method or a method from a constructor etc. - */ - export class CallHierarchyOutgoingCall { - - /** - * The item that is called. - */ - to: CallHierarchyItem; - - /** - * The range at which this item is called. This is the range relative to the caller, e.g the item - * passed to [`provideCallHierarchyOutgoingCalls`](#CallHierarchyProvider.provideCallHierarchyOutgoingCalls) - * and not [`this.to`](#CallHierarchyOutgoingCall.to). - */ - fromRanges: Range[]; - - /** - * Create a new call object. - * - * @param item The item being called - * @param fromRanges The ranges at which the calls appear. - */ - constructor(item: CallHierarchyItem, fromRanges: Range[]); - } - - /** - * The call hierarchy provider interface describes the contract between extensions - * and the call hierarchy feature which allows to browse calls and caller of function, - * methods, constructor etc. - */ - export interface CallHierarchyProvider { - - /** - * Bootstraps call hierarchy by returning the item that is denoted by the given document - * and position. This item will be used as entry into the call graph. Providers should - * return `undefined` or `null` when there is no item at the given location. - * - * @param document The document in which the command was invoked. - * @param position The position at which the command was invoked. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @returns A call hierarchy item or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`. - */ - prepareCallHierarchy(document: TextDocument, position: Position, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - - /** - * Provide all incoming calls for an item, e.g all callers for a method. In graph terms this describes directed - * and annotated edges inside the call graph, e.g the given item is the starting node and the result is the nodes - * that can be reached. - * - * @param item The hierarchy item for which incoming calls should be computed. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @returns A set of incoming calls or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`. - */ - provideCallHierarchyIncomingCalls(item: CallHierarchyItem, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - - /** - * Provide all outgoing calls for an item, e.g call calls to functions, methods, or constructors from the given item. In - * graph terms this describes directed and annotated edges inside the call graph, e.g the given item is the starting - * node and the result is the nodes that can be reached. - * - * @param item The hierarchy item for which outgoing calls should be computed. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @returns A set of outgoing calls or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be - * signaled by returning `undefined` or `null`. - */ - provideCallHierarchyOutgoingCalls(item: CallHierarchyItem, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * A tuple of two characters, like a pair of - * opening and closing brackets. - */ - export type CharacterPair = [string, string]; - - /** - * Describes how comments for a language work. - */ - export interface CommentRule { - - /** - * The line comment token, like `// this is a comment` - */ - lineComment?: string; - - /** - * The block comment character pair, like `/* block comment */` - */ - blockComment?: CharacterPair; - } - - /** - * Describes indentation rules for a language. - */ - export interface IndentationRule { - /** - * If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be unindented once (until another rule matches). - */ - decreaseIndentPattern: RegExp; - /** - * If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be indented once (until another rule matches). - */ - increaseIndentPattern: RegExp; - /** - * If a line matches this pattern, then **only the next line** after it should be indented once. - */ - indentNextLinePattern?: RegExp; - /** - * If a line matches this pattern, then its indentation should not be changed and it should not be evaluated against the other rules. - */ - unIndentedLinePattern?: RegExp; - } - - /** - * Describes what to do with the indentation when pressing Enter. - */ - export enum IndentAction { - /** - * Insert new line and copy the previous line's indentation. - */ - None = 0, - /** - * Insert new line and indent once (relative to the previous line's indentation). - */ - Indent = 1, - /** - * Insert two new lines: - * - the first one indented which will hold the cursor - * - the second one at the same indentation level - */ - IndentOutdent = 2, - /** - * Insert new line and outdent once (relative to the previous line's indentation). - */ - Outdent = 3 - } - - /** - * Describes what to do when pressing Enter. - */ - export interface EnterAction { - /** - * Describe what to do with the indentation. - */ - indentAction: IndentAction; - /** - * Describes text to be appended after the new line and after the indentation. - */ - appendText?: string; - /** - * Describes the number of characters to remove from the new line's indentation. - */ - removeText?: number; - } - - /** - * Describes a rule to be evaluated when pressing Enter. - */ - export interface OnEnterRule { - /** - * This rule will only execute if the text before the cursor matches this regular expression. - */ - beforeText: RegExp; - /** - * This rule will only execute if the text after the cursor matches this regular expression. - */ - afterText?: RegExp; - /** - * The action to execute. - */ - action: EnterAction; - } - - /** - * The language configuration interfaces defines the contract between extensions - * and various editor features, like automatic bracket insertion, automatic indentation etc. - */ - export interface LanguageConfiguration { - /** - * The language's comment settings. - */ - comments?: CommentRule; - /** - * The language's brackets. - * This configuration implicitly affects pressing Enter around these brackets. - */ - brackets?: CharacterPair[]; - /** - * The language's word definition. - * If the language supports Unicode identifiers (e.g. JavaScript), it is preferable - * to provide a word definition that uses exclusion of known separators. - * e.g.: A regex that matches anything except known separators (and dot is allowed to occur in a floating point number): - * /(-?\d*\.\d\w*)|([^\`\~\!\@\#\%\^\&\*\(\)\-\=\+\[\{\]\}\\\|\;\:\'\"\,\.\<\>\/\?\s]+)/g - */ - wordPattern?: RegExp; - /** - * The language's indentation settings. - */ - indentationRules?: IndentationRule; - /** - * The language's rules to be evaluated when pressing Enter. - */ - onEnterRules?: OnEnterRule[]; - - /** - * **Deprecated** Do not use. - * - * @deprecated Will be replaced by a better API soon. - */ - __electricCharacterSupport?: { - /** - * This property is deprecated and will be **ignored** from - * the editor. - * @deprecated - */ - brackets?: any; - /** - * This property is deprecated and not fully supported anymore by - * the editor (scope and lineStart are ignored). - * Use the autoClosingPairs property in the language configuration file instead. - * @deprecated - */ - docComment?: { - scope: string; - open: string; - lineStart: string; - close?: string; - }; - }; - - /** - * **Deprecated** Do not use. - * - * @deprecated * Use the autoClosingPairs property in the language configuration file instead. - */ - __characterPairSupport?: { - autoClosingPairs: { - open: string; - close: string; - notIn?: string[]; - }[]; - }; - } - - /** - * The configuration target - */ - export enum ConfigurationTarget { - /** - * Global configuration - */ - Global = 1, - - /** - * Workspace configuration - */ - Workspace = 2, - - /** - * Workspace folder configuration - */ - WorkspaceFolder = 3 - } - - /** - * Represents the configuration. It is a merged view of - * - * - *Default Settings* - * - *Global (User) Settings* - * - *Workspace settings* - * - *Workspace Folder settings* - From one of the [Workspace Folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders) under which requested resource belongs to. - * - *Language settings* - Settings defined under requested language. - * - * The *effective* value (returned by [`get`](#WorkspaceConfiguration.get)) is computed by overriding or merging the values in the following order. - * - * ``` - * `defaultValue` (if defined in `package.json` otherwise derived from the value's type) - * `globalValue` (if defined) - * `workspaceValue` (if defined) - * `workspaceFolderValue` (if defined) - * `defaultLanguageValue` (if defined) - * `globalLanguageValue` (if defined) - * `workspaceLanguageValue` (if defined) - * `workspaceFolderLanguageValue` (if defined) - * ``` - * **Note:** Only `object` value types are merged and all other value types are overridden. - * - * Example 1: Overriding - * - * ```ts - * defaultValue = 'on'; - * globalValue = 'relative' - * workspaceFolderValue = 'off' - * value = 'off' - * ``` - * - * Example 2: Language Values - * - * ```ts - * defaultValue = 'on'; - * globalValue = 'relative' - * workspaceFolderValue = 'off' - * globalLanguageValue = 'on' - * value = 'on' - * ``` - * - * Example 3: Object Values - * - * ```ts - * defaultValue = { "a": 1, "b": 2 }; - * globalValue = { "b": 3, "c": 4 }; - * value = { "a": 1, "b": 3, "c": 4 }; - * ``` - * - * *Note:* Workspace and Workspace Folder configurations contains `launch` and `tasks` settings. Their basename will be - * part of the section identifier. The following snippets shows how to retrieve all configurations - * from `launch.json`: - * - * ```ts - * // launch.json configuration - * const config = workspace.getConfiguration('launch', vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders[0].uri); - * - * // retrieve values - * const values = config.get('configurations'); - * ``` - * - * Refer to [Settings](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/getstarted/settings) for more information. - */ - export interface WorkspaceConfiguration { - - /** - * Return a value from this configuration. - * - * @param section Configuration name, supports _dotted_ names. - * @return The value `section` denotes or `undefined`. - */ - get(section: string): T | undefined; - - /** - * Return a value from this configuration. - * - * @param section Configuration name, supports _dotted_ names. - * @param defaultValue A value should be returned when no value could be found, is `undefined`. - * @return The value `section` denotes or the default. - */ - get(section: string, defaultValue: T): T; - - /** - * Check if this configuration has a certain value. - * - * @param section Configuration name, supports _dotted_ names. - * @return `true` if the section doesn't resolve to `undefined`. - */ - has(section: string): boolean; - - /** - * Retrieve all information about a configuration setting. A configuration value - * often consists of a *default* value, a global or installation-wide value, - * a workspace-specific value, folder-specific value - * and language-specific values (if [WorkspaceConfiguration](#WorkspaceConfiguration) is scoped to a language). - * - * Also provides all language ids under which the given configuration setting is defined. - * - * *Note:* The configuration name must denote a leaf in the configuration tree - * (`editor.fontSize` vs `editor`) otherwise no result is returned. - * - * @param section Configuration name, supports _dotted_ names. - * @return Information about a configuration setting or `undefined`. - */ - inspect(section: string): { - key: string; - - defaultValue?: T; - globalValue?: T; - workspaceValue?: T, - workspaceFolderValue?: T, - - defaultLanguageValue?: T; - globalLanguageValue?: T; - workspaceLanguageValue?: T; - workspaceFolderLanguageValue?: T; - - languageIds?: string[]; - - } | undefined; - - /** - * Update a configuration value. The updated configuration values are persisted. - * - * A value can be changed in - * - * - [Global settings](#ConfigurationTarget.Global): Changes the value for all instances of the editor. - * - [Workspace settings](#ConfigurationTarget.Workspace): Changes the value for current workspace, if available. - * - [Workspace folder settings](#ConfigurationTarget.WorkspaceFolder): Changes the value for settings from one of the [Workspace Folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders) under which the requested resource belongs to. - * - Language settings: Changes the value for the requested languageId. - * - * *Note:* To remove a configuration value use `undefined`, like so: `config.update('somekey', undefined)` - * - * @param section Configuration name, supports _dotted_ names. - * @param value The new value. - * @param configurationTarget The [configuration target](#ConfigurationTarget) or a boolean value. - * - If `true` updates [Global settings](#ConfigurationTarget.Global). - * - If `false` updates [Workspace settings](#ConfigurationTarget.Workspace). - * - If `undefined` or `null` updates to [Workspace folder settings](#ConfigurationTarget.WorkspaceFolder) if configuration is resource specific, - * otherwise to [Workspace settings](#ConfigurationTarget.Workspace). - * @param overrideInLanguage Whether to update the value in the scope of requested languageId or not. - * - If `true` updates the value under the requested languageId. - * - If `undefined` updates the value under the requested languageId only if the configuration is defined for the language. - * @throws error while updating - * - configuration which is not registered. - * - window configuration to workspace folder - * - configuration to workspace or workspace folder when no workspace is opened. - * - configuration to workspace folder when there is no workspace folder settings. - * - configuration to workspace folder when [WorkspaceConfiguration](#WorkspaceConfiguration) is not scoped to a resource. - */ - update(section: string, value: any, configurationTarget?: ConfigurationTarget | boolean, overrideInLanguage?: boolean): Thenable; - - /** - * Readable dictionary that backs this configuration. - */ - readonly [key: string]: any; - } - - /** - * Represents a location inside a resource, such as a line - * inside a text file. - */ - export class Location { - - /** - * The resource identifier of this location. - */ - uri: Uri; - - /** - * The document range of this location. - */ - range: Range; - - /** - * Creates a new location object. - * - * @param uri The resource identifier. - * @param rangeOrPosition The range or position. Positions will be converted to an empty range. - */ - constructor(uri: Uri, rangeOrPosition: Range | Position); - } - - /** - * Represents the connection of two locations. Provides additional metadata over normal [locations](#Location), - * including an origin range. - */ - export interface LocationLink { - /** - * Span of the origin of this link. - * - * Used as the underlined span for mouse definition hover. Defaults to the word range at - * the definition position. - */ - originSelectionRange?: Range; - - /** - * The target resource identifier of this link. - */ - targetUri: Uri; - - /** - * The full target range of this link. - */ - targetRange: Range; - - /** - * The span of this link. - */ - targetSelectionRange?: Range; - } - - /** - * The event that is fired when diagnostics change. - */ - export interface DiagnosticChangeEvent { - - /** - * An array of resources for which diagnostics have changed. - */ - readonly uris: ReadonlyArray; - } - - /** - * Represents the severity of diagnostics. - */ - export enum DiagnosticSeverity { - - /** - * Something not allowed by the rules of a language or other means. - */ - Error = 0, - - /** - * Something suspicious but allowed. - */ - Warning = 1, - - /** - * Something to inform about but not a problem. - */ - Information = 2, - - /** - * Something to hint to a better way of doing it, like proposing - * a refactoring. - */ - Hint = 3 - } - - /** - * Represents a related message and source code location for a diagnostic. This should be - * used to point to code locations that cause or related to a diagnostics, e.g. when duplicating - * a symbol in a scope. - */ - export class DiagnosticRelatedInformation { - - /** - * The location of this related diagnostic information. - */ - location: Location; - - /** - * The message of this related diagnostic information. - */ - message: string; - - /** - * Creates a new related diagnostic information object. - * - * @param location The location. - * @param message The message. - */ - constructor(location: Location, message: string); - } - - /** - * Additional metadata about the type of a diagnostic. - */ - export enum DiagnosticTag { - /** - * Unused or unnecessary code. - * - * Diagnostics with this tag are rendered faded out. The amount of fading - * is controlled by the `"editorUnnecessaryCode.opacity"` theme color. For - * example, `"editorUnnecessaryCode.opacity": "#000000c0"` will render the - * code with 75% opacity. For high contrast themes, use the - * `"editorUnnecessaryCode.border"` theme color to underline unnecessary code - * instead of fading it out. - */ - Unnecessary = 1, - - /** - * Deprecated or obsolete code. - * - * Diagnostics with this tag are rendered with a strike through. - */ - Deprecated = 2, - } - - /** - * Represents a diagnostic, such as a compiler error or warning. Diagnostic objects - * are only valid in the scope of a file. - */ - export class Diagnostic { - - /** - * The range to which this diagnostic applies. - */ - range: Range; - - /** - * The human-readable message. - */ - message: string; - - /** - * The severity, default is [error](#DiagnosticSeverity.Error). - */ - severity: DiagnosticSeverity; - - /** - * A human-readable string describing the source of this - * diagnostic, e.g. 'typescript' or 'super lint'. - */ - source?: string; - - /** - * A code or identifier for this diagnostic. - * Should be used for later processing, e.g. when providing [code actions](#CodeActionContext). - */ - code?: string | number | { - /** - * A code or identifier for this diagnostic. - * Should be used for later processing, e.g. when providing [code actions](#CodeActionContext). - */ - value: string | number; - - /** - * A target URI to open with more information about the diagnostic error. - */ - target: Uri; - }; - - /** - * An array of related diagnostic information, e.g. when symbol-names within - * a scope collide all definitions can be marked via this property. - */ - relatedInformation?: DiagnosticRelatedInformation[]; - - /** - * Additional metadata about the diagnostic. - */ - tags?: DiagnosticTag[]; - - /** - * Creates a new diagnostic object. - * - * @param range The range to which this diagnostic applies. - * @param message The human-readable message. - * @param severity The severity, default is [error](#DiagnosticSeverity.Error). - */ - constructor(range: Range, message: string, severity?: DiagnosticSeverity); - } - - /** - * A diagnostics collection is a container that manages a set of - * [diagnostics](#Diagnostic). Diagnostics are always scopes to a - * diagnostics collection and a resource. - * - * To get an instance of a `DiagnosticCollection` use - * [createDiagnosticCollection](#languages.createDiagnosticCollection). - */ - export interface DiagnosticCollection { - - /** - * The name of this diagnostic collection, for instance `typescript`. Every diagnostic - * from this collection will be associated with this name. Also, the task framework uses this - * name when defining [problem matchers](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/tasks#_defining-a-problem-matcher). - */ - readonly name: string; - - /** - * Assign diagnostics for given resource. Will replace - * existing diagnostics for that resource. - * - * @param uri A resource identifier. - * @param diagnostics Array of diagnostics or `undefined` - */ - set(uri: Uri, diagnostics: ReadonlyArray | undefined): void; - - /** - * Replace all entries in this collection. - * - * Diagnostics of multiple tuples of the same uri will be merged, e.g - * `[[file1, [d1]], [file1, [d2]]]` is equivalent to `[[file1, [d1, d2]]]`. - * If a diagnostics item is `undefined` as in `[file1, undefined]` - * all previous but not subsequent diagnostics are removed. - * - * @param entries An array of tuples, like `[[file1, [d1, d2]], [file2, [d3, d4, d5]]]`, or `undefined`. - */ - set(entries: ReadonlyArray<[Uri, ReadonlyArray | undefined]>): void; - - /** - * Remove all diagnostics from this collection that belong - * to the provided `uri`. The same as `#set(uri, undefined)`. - * - * @param uri A resource identifier. - */ - delete(uri: Uri): void; - - /** - * Remove all diagnostics from this collection. The same - * as calling `#set(undefined)`; - */ - clear(): void; - - /** - * Iterate over each entry in this collection. - * - * @param callback Function to execute for each entry. - * @param thisArg The `this` context used when invoking the handler function. - */ - forEach(callback: (uri: Uri, diagnostics: ReadonlyArray, collection: DiagnosticCollection) => any, thisArg?: any): void; - - /** - * Get the diagnostics for a given resource. *Note* that you cannot - * modify the diagnostics-array returned from this call. - * - * @param uri A resource identifier. - * @returns An immutable array of [diagnostics](#Diagnostic) or `undefined`. - */ - get(uri: Uri): ReadonlyArray | undefined; - - /** - * Check if this collection contains diagnostics for a - * given resource. - * - * @param uri A resource identifier. - * @returns `true` if this collection has diagnostic for the given resource. - */ - has(uri: Uri): boolean; - - /** - * Dispose and free associated resources. Calls - * [clear](#DiagnosticCollection.clear). - */ - dispose(): void; - } - - /** - * Denotes a location of an editor in the window. Editors can be arranged in a grid - * and each column represents one editor location in that grid by counting the editors - * in order of their appearance. - */ - export enum ViewColumn { - /** - * A *symbolic* editor column representing the currently active column. This value - * can be used when opening editors, but the *resolved* [viewColumn](#TextEditor.viewColumn)-value - * of editors will always be `One`, `Two`, `Three`,... or `undefined` but never `Active`. - */ - Active = -1, - /** - * A *symbolic* editor column representing the column to the side of the active one. This value - * can be used when opening editors, but the *resolved* [viewColumn](#TextEditor.viewColumn)-value - * of editors will always be `One`, `Two`, `Three`,... or `undefined` but never `Beside`. - */ - Beside = -2, - /** - * The first editor column. - */ - One = 1, - /** - * The second editor column. - */ - Two = 2, - /** - * The third editor column. - */ - Three = 3, - /** - * The fourth editor column. - */ - Four = 4, - /** - * The fifth editor column. - */ - Five = 5, - /** - * The sixth editor column. - */ - Six = 6, - /** - * The seventh editor column. - */ - Seven = 7, - /** - * The eighth editor column. - */ - Eight = 8, - /** - * The ninth editor column. - */ - Nine = 9 - } - - /** - * An output channel is a container for readonly textual information. - * - * To get an instance of an `OutputChannel` use - * [createOutputChannel](#window.createOutputChannel). - */ - export interface OutputChannel { - - /** - * The human-readable name of this output channel. - */ - readonly name: string; - - /** - * Append the given value to the channel. - * - * @param value A string, falsy values will not be printed. - */ - append(value: string): void; - - /** - * Append the given value and a line feed character - * to the channel. - * - * @param value A string, falsy values will be printed. - */ - appendLine(value: string): void; - - /** - * Removes all output from the channel. - */ - clear(): void; - - /** - * Reveal this channel in the UI. - * - * @param preserveFocus When `true` the channel will not take focus. - */ - show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void; - - /** - * Reveal this channel in the UI. - * - * @deprecated Use the overload with just one parameter (`show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void`). - * - * @param column This argument is **deprecated** and will be ignored. - * @param preserveFocus When `true` the channel will not take focus. - */ - show(column?: ViewColumn, preserveFocus?: boolean): void; - - /** - * Hide this channel from the UI. - */ - hide(): void; - - /** - * Dispose and free associated resources. - */ - dispose(): void; - } - - /** - * Accessibility information which controls screen reader behavior. - */ - export interface AccessibilityInformation { - /** - * Label to be read out by a screen reader once the item has focus. - */ - label: string; - - /** - * Role of the widget which defines how a screen reader interacts with it. - * The role should be set in special cases when for example a tree-like element behaves like a checkbox. - * If role is not specified VS Code will pick the appropriate role automatically. - * More about aria roles can be found here https://w3c.github.io/aria/#widget_roles - */ - role?: string; - } - - /** - * Represents the alignment of status bar items. - */ - export enum StatusBarAlignment { - - /** - * Aligned to the left side. - */ - Left = 1, - - /** - * Aligned to the right side. - */ - Right = 2 - } - - /** - * A status bar item is a status bar contribution that can - * show text and icons and run a command on click. - */ - export interface StatusBarItem { - - /** - * The alignment of this item. - */ - readonly alignment: StatusBarAlignment; - - /** - * The priority of this item. Higher value means the item should - * be shown more to the left. - */ - readonly priority?: number; - - /** - * The text to show for the entry. You can embed icons in the text by leveraging the syntax: - * - * `My text $(icon-name) contains icons like $(icon-name) this one.` - * - * Where the icon-name is taken from the [codicon](https://microsoft.github.io/vscode-codicons/dist/codicon.html) icon set, e.g. - * `light-bulb`, `thumbsup`, `zap` etc. - */ - text: string; - - /** - * The tooltip text when you hover over this entry. - */ - tooltip: string | undefined; - - /** - * The foreground color for this entry. - */ - color: string | ThemeColor | undefined; - - /** - * [`Command`](#Command) or identifier of a command to run on click. - * - * The command must be [known](#commands.getCommands). - * - * Note that if this is a [`Command`](#Command) object, only the [`command`](#Command.command) and [`arguments`](#Command.arguments) - * are used by VS Code. - */ - command: string | Command | undefined; - - /** - * Accessibility information used when screen reader interacts with this StatusBar item - */ - accessibilityInformation?: AccessibilityInformation; - - /** - * Shows the entry in the status bar. - */ - show(): void; - - /** - * Hide the entry in the status bar. - */ - hide(): void; - - /** - * Dispose and free associated resources. Call - * [hide](#StatusBarItem.hide). - */ - dispose(): void; - } - - /** - * Defines a generalized way of reporting progress updates. - */ - export interface Progress { - - /** - * Report a progress update. - * @param value A progress item, like a message and/or an - * report on how much work finished - */ - report(value: T): void; - } - - /** - * An individual terminal instance within the integrated terminal. - */ - export interface Terminal { - - /** - * The name of the terminal. - */ - readonly name: string; - - /** - * The process ID of the shell process. - */ - readonly processId: Thenable; - - /** - * The object used to initialize the terminal, this is useful for example to detecting the - * shell type of when the terminal was not launched by this extension or for detecting what - * folder the shell was launched in. - */ - readonly creationOptions: Readonly; - - /** - * The exit status of the terminal, this will be undefined while the terminal is active. - * - * **Example:** Show a notification with the exit code when the terminal exits with a - * non-zero exit code. - * ```typescript - * window.onDidCloseTerminal(t => { - * if (t.exitStatus && t.exitStatus.code) { - * vscode.window.showInformationMessage(`Exit code: ${t.exitStatus.code}`); - * } - * }); - * ``` - */ - readonly exitStatus: TerminalExitStatus | undefined; - - /** - * Send text to the terminal. The text is written to the stdin of the underlying pty process - * (shell) of the terminal. - * - * @param text The text to send. - * @param addNewLine Whether to add a new line to the text being sent, this is normally - * required to run a command in the terminal. The character(s) added are \n or \r\n - * depending on the platform. This defaults to `true`. - */ - sendText(text: string, addNewLine?: boolean): void; - - /** - * Show the terminal panel and reveal this terminal in the UI. - * - * @param preserveFocus When `true` the terminal will not take focus. - */ - show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void; - - /** - * Hide the terminal panel if this terminal is currently showing. - */ - hide(): void; - - /** - * Dispose and free associated resources. - */ - dispose(): void; - } - - /** - * Provides information on a line in a terminal in order to provide links for it. - */ - export interface TerminalLinkContext { - /** - * This is the text from the unwrapped line in the terminal. - */ - line: string; - - /** - * The terminal the link belongs to. - */ - terminal: Terminal; - } - - /** - * A provider that enables detection and handling of links within terminals. - */ - export interface TerminalLinkProvider { - /** - * Provide terminal links for the given context. Note that this can be called multiple times - * even before previous calls resolve, make sure to not share global objects (eg. `RegExp`) - * that could have problems when asynchronous usage may overlap. - * @param context Information about what links are being provided for. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return A list of terminal links for the given line. - */ - provideTerminalLinks(context: TerminalLinkContext, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - - /** - * Handle an activated terminal link. - * @param link The link to handle. - */ - handleTerminalLink(link: T): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * A link on a terminal line. - */ - export interface TerminalLink { - /** - * The start index of the link on [TerminalLinkContext.line](#TerminalLinkContext.line]. - */ - startIndex: number; - - /** - * The length of the link on [TerminalLinkContext.line](#TerminalLinkContext.line] - */ - length: number; - - /** - * The tooltip text when you hover over this link. - * - * If a tooltip is provided, is will be displayed in a string that includes instructions on - * how to trigger the link, such as `{0} (ctrl + click)`. The specific instructions vary - * depending on OS, user settings, and localization. - */ - tooltip?: string; - } - - /** - * In a remote window the extension kind describes if an extension - * runs where the UI (window) runs or if an extension runs remotely. - */ - export enum ExtensionKind { - - /** - * Extension runs where the UI runs. - */ - UI = 1, - - /** - * Extension runs where the remote extension host runs. - */ - Workspace = 2 - } - - /** - * Represents an extension. - * - * To get an instance of an `Extension` use [getExtension](#extensions.getExtension). - */ - export interface Extension { - - /** - * The canonical extension identifier in the form of: `publisher.name`. - */ - readonly id: string; - - /** - * The uri of the directory containing the extension. - */ - readonly extensionUri: Uri; - - /** - * The absolute file path of the directory containing this extension. Shorthand - * notation for [Extension.extensionUri.fsPath](#Extension.extensionUri) (independent of the uri scheme). - */ - readonly extensionPath: string; - - /** - * `true` if the extension has been activated. - */ - readonly isActive: boolean; - - /** - * The parsed contents of the extension's package.json. - */ - readonly packageJSON: any; - - /** - * The extension kind describes if an extension runs where the UI runs - * or if an extension runs where the remote extension host runs. The extension kind - * is defined in the `package.json`-file of extensions but can also be refined - * via the `remote.extensionKind`-setting. When no remote extension host exists, - * the value is [`ExtensionKind.UI`](#ExtensionKind.UI). - */ - extensionKind: ExtensionKind; - - /** - * The public API exported by this extension. It is an invalid action - * to access this field before this extension has been activated. - */ - readonly exports: T; - - /** - * Activates this extension and returns its public API. - * - * @return A promise that will resolve when this extension has been activated. - */ - activate(): Thenable; - } - - /** - * The ExtensionMode is provided on the `ExtensionContext` and indicates the - * mode the specific extension is running in. - */ - export enum ExtensionMode { - /** - * The extension is installed normally (for example, from the marketplace - * or VSIX) in VS Code. - */ - Production = 1, - - /** - * The extension is running from an `--extensionDevelopmentPath` provided - * when launching VS Code. - */ - Development = 2, - - /** - * The extension is running from an `--extensionTestsPath` and - * the extension host is running unit tests. - */ - Test = 3, - } - - /** - * An extension context is a collection of utilities private to an - * extension. - * - * An instance of an `ExtensionContext` is provided as the first - * parameter to the `activate`-call of an extension. - */ - export interface ExtensionContext { - - /** - * An array to which disposables can be added. When this - * extension is deactivated the disposables will be disposed. - */ - readonly subscriptions: { dispose(): any }[]; - - /** - * A memento object that stores state in the context - * of the currently opened [workspace](#workspace.workspaceFolders). - */ - readonly workspaceState: Memento; - - /** - * A memento object that stores state independent - * of the current opened [workspace](#workspace.workspaceFolders). - */ - readonly globalState: Memento & { - /** - * Set the keys whose values should be synchronized across devices when synchronizing user-data - * like configuration, extensions, and mementos. - * - * Note that this function defines the whole set of keys whose values are synchronized: - * - calling it with an empty array stops synchronization for this memento - * - calling it with a non-empty array replaces all keys whose values are synchronized - * - * For any given set of keys this function needs to be called only once but there is no harm in - * repeatedly calling it. - * - * @param keys The set of keys whose values are synced. - */ - setKeysForSync(keys: string[]): void; - }; - - /** - * The uri of the directory containing the extension. - */ - readonly extensionUri: Uri; - - /** - * The absolute file path of the directory containing the extension. Shorthand - * notation for [ExtensionContext.extensionUri.fsPath](#TextDocument.uri) (independent of the uri scheme). - */ - readonly extensionPath: string; - - /** - * Gets the extension's environment variable collection for this workspace, enabling changes - * to be applied to terminal environment variables. - */ - readonly environmentVariableCollection: EnvironmentVariableCollection; - - /** - * Get the absolute path of a resource contained in the extension. - * - * *Note* that an absolute uri can be constructed via [`Uri.joinPath`](#Uri.joinPath) and - * [`extensionUri`](#ExtensionContext.extensionUri), e.g. `vscode.Uri.joinPath(context.extensionUri, relativePath);` - * - * @param relativePath A relative path to a resource contained in the extension. - * @return The absolute path of the resource. - */ - asAbsolutePath(relativePath: string): string; - - /** - * The uri of a workspace specific directory in which the extension - * can store private state. The directory might not exist and creation is - * up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent. - * The value is `undefined` when no workspace nor folder has been opened. - * - * Use [`workspaceState`](#ExtensionContext.workspaceState) or - * [`globalState`](#ExtensionContext.globalState) to store key value data. - * - * @see [`workspace.fs`](#FileSystem) for how to read and write files and folders from - * an uri. - */ - readonly storageUri: Uri | undefined; - - /** - * An absolute file path of a workspace specific directory in which the extension - * can store private state. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is - * up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent. - * - * Use [`workspaceState`](#ExtensionContext.workspaceState) or - * [`globalState`](#ExtensionContext.globalState) to store key value data. - * - * @deprecated Use [storageUri](#ExtensionContext.storageUri) instead. - */ - readonly storagePath: string | undefined; - - /** - * The uri of a directory in which the extension can store global state. - * The directory might not exist on disk and creation is - * up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent. - * - * Use [`globalState`](#ExtensionContext.globalState) to store key value data. - * - * @see [`workspace.fs`](#FileSystem) for how to read and write files and folders from - * an uri. - */ - readonly globalStorageUri: Uri; - - /** - * An absolute file path in which the extension can store global state. - * The directory might not exist on disk and creation is - * up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent. - * - * Use [`globalState`](#ExtensionContext.globalState) to store key value data. - * - * @deprecated Use [globalStorageUri](#ExtensionContext.globalStorageUri) instead. - */ - readonly globalStoragePath: string; - - /** - * The uri of a directory in which the extension can create log files. - * The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, - * the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent. - * - * @see [`workspace.fs`](#FileSystem) for how to read and write files and folders from - * an uri. - */ - readonly logUri: Uri; - - /** - * An absolute file path of a directory in which the extension can create log files. - * The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, - * the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent. - * - * @deprecated Use [logUri](#ExtensionContext.logUri) instead. - */ - readonly logPath: string; - - /** - * The mode the extension is running in. This is specific to the current - * extension. One extension may be in `ExtensionMode.Development` while - * other extensions in the host run in `ExtensionMode.Release`. - */ - readonly extensionMode: ExtensionMode; - } - - /** - * A memento represents a storage utility. It can store and retrieve - * values. - */ - export interface Memento { - - /** - * Return a value. - * - * @param key A string. - * @return The stored value or `undefined`. - */ - get(key: string): T | undefined; - - /** - * Return a value. - * - * @param key A string. - * @param defaultValue A value that should be returned when there is no - * value (`undefined`) with the given key. - * @return The stored value or the defaultValue. - */ - get(key: string, defaultValue: T): T; - - /** - * Store a value. The value must be JSON-stringifyable. - * - * @param key A string. - * @param value A value. MUST not contain cyclic references. - */ - update(key: string, value: any): Thenable; - } - - /** - * Represents a color theme kind. - */ - export enum ColorThemeKind { - Light = 1, - Dark = 2, - HighContrast = 3 - } - - /** - * Represents a color theme. - */ - export interface ColorTheme { - - /** - * The kind of this color theme: light, dark or high contrast. - */ - readonly kind: ColorThemeKind; - } - - /** - * Controls the behaviour of the terminal's visibility. - */ - export enum TaskRevealKind { - /** - * Always brings the terminal to front if the task is executed. - */ - Always = 1, - - /** - * Only brings the terminal to front if a problem is detected executing the task - * (e.g. the task couldn't be started because). - */ - Silent = 2, - - /** - * The terminal never comes to front when the task is executed. - */ - Never = 3 - } - - /** - * Controls how the task channel is used between tasks - */ - export enum TaskPanelKind { - - /** - * Shares a panel with other tasks. This is the default. - */ - Shared = 1, - - /** - * Uses a dedicated panel for this tasks. The panel is not - * shared with other tasks. - */ - Dedicated = 2, - - /** - * Creates a new panel whenever this task is executed. - */ - New = 3 - } - - /** - * Controls how the task is presented in the UI. - */ - export interface TaskPresentationOptions { - /** - * Controls whether the task output is reveal in the user interface. - * Defaults to `RevealKind.Always`. - */ - reveal?: TaskRevealKind; - - /** - * Controls whether the command associated with the task is echoed - * in the user interface. - */ - echo?: boolean; - - /** - * Controls whether the panel showing the task output is taking focus. - */ - focus?: boolean; - - /** - * Controls if the task panel is used for this task only (dedicated), - * shared between tasks (shared) or if a new panel is created on - * every task execution (new). Defaults to `TaskInstanceKind.Shared` - */ - panel?: TaskPanelKind; - - /** - * Controls whether to show the "Terminal will be reused by tasks, press any key to close it" message. - */ - showReuseMessage?: boolean; - - /** - * Controls whether the terminal is cleared before executing the task. - */ - clear?: boolean; - } - - /** - * A grouping for tasks. The editor by default supports the - * 'Clean', 'Build', 'RebuildAll' and 'Test' group. - */ - export class TaskGroup { - - /** - * The clean task group; - */ - static Clean: TaskGroup; - - /** - * The build task group; - */ - static Build: TaskGroup; - - /** - * The rebuild all task group; - */ - static Rebuild: TaskGroup; - - /** - * The test all task group; - */ - static Test: TaskGroup; - - private constructor(id: string, label: string); - } - - /** - * A structure that defines a task kind in the system. - * The value must be JSON-stringifyable. - */ - export interface TaskDefinition { - /** - * The task definition describing the task provided by an extension. - * Usually a task provider defines more properties to identify - * a task. They need to be defined in the package.json of the - * extension under the 'taskDefinitions' extension point. The npm - * task definition for example looks like this - * ```typescript - * interface NpmTaskDefinition extends TaskDefinition { - * script: string; - * } - * ``` - * - * Note that type identifier starting with a '$' are reserved for internal - * usages and shouldn't be used by extensions. - */ - readonly type: string; - - /** - * Additional attributes of a concrete task definition. - */ - [name: string]: any; - } - - /** - * Options for a process execution - */ - export interface ProcessExecutionOptions { - /** - * The current working directory of the executed program or shell. - * If omitted the tools current workspace root is used. - */ - cwd?: string; - - /** - * The additional environment of the executed program or shell. If omitted - * the parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged with - * the parent process' environment. - */ - env?: { [key: string]: string }; - } - - /** - * The execution of a task happens as an external process - * without shell interaction. - */ - export class ProcessExecution { - - /** - * Creates a process execution. - * - * @param process The process to start. - * @param options Optional options for the started process. - */ - constructor(process: string, options?: ProcessExecutionOptions); - - /** - * Creates a process execution. - * - * @param process The process to start. - * @param args Arguments to be passed to the process. - * @param options Optional options for the started process. - */ - constructor(process: string, args: string[], options?: ProcessExecutionOptions); - - /** - * The process to be executed. - */ - process: string; - - /** - * The arguments passed to the process. Defaults to an empty array. - */ - args: string[]; - - /** - * The process options used when the process is executed. - * Defaults to undefined. - */ - options?: ProcessExecutionOptions; - } - - /** - * The shell quoting options. - */ - export interface ShellQuotingOptions { - - /** - * The character used to do character escaping. If a string is provided only spaces - * are escaped. If a `{ escapeChar, charsToEscape }` literal is provide all characters - * in `charsToEscape` are escaped using the `escapeChar`. - */ - escape?: string | { - /** - * The escape character. - */ - escapeChar: string; - /** - * The characters to escape. - */ - charsToEscape: string; - }; - - /** - * The character used for strong quoting. The string's length must be 1. - */ - strong?: string; - - /** - * The character used for weak quoting. The string's length must be 1. - */ - weak?: string; - } - - /** - * Options for a shell execution - */ - export interface ShellExecutionOptions { - /** - * The shell executable. - */ - executable?: string; - - /** - * The arguments to be passed to the shell executable used to run the task. Most shells - * require special arguments to execute a command. For example `bash` requires the `-c` - * argument to execute a command, `PowerShell` requires `-Command` and `cmd` requires both - * `/d` and `/c`. - */ - shellArgs?: string[]; - - /** - * The shell quotes supported by this shell. - */ - shellQuoting?: ShellQuotingOptions; - - /** - * The current working directory of the executed shell. - * If omitted the tools current workspace root is used. - */ - cwd?: string; - - /** - * The additional environment of the executed shell. If omitted - * the parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged with - * the parent process' environment. - */ - env?: { [key: string]: string }; - } - - /** - * Defines how an argument should be quoted if it contains - * spaces or unsupported characters. - */ - export enum ShellQuoting { - - /** - * Character escaping should be used. This for example - * uses \ on bash and ` on PowerShell. - */ - Escape = 1, - - /** - * Strong string quoting should be used. This for example - * uses " for Windows cmd and ' for bash and PowerShell. - * Strong quoting treats arguments as literal strings. - * Under PowerShell echo 'The value is $(2 * 3)' will - * print `The value is $(2 * 3)` - */ - Strong = 2, - - /** - * Weak string quoting should be used. This for example - * uses " for Windows cmd, bash and PowerShell. Weak quoting - * still performs some kind of evaluation inside the quoted - * string. Under PowerShell echo "The value is $(2 * 3)" - * will print `The value is 6` - */ - Weak = 3 - } - - /** - * A string that will be quoted depending on the used shell. - */ - export interface ShellQuotedString { - /** - * The actual string value. - */ - value: string; - - /** - * The quoting style to use. - */ - quoting: ShellQuoting; - } - - export class ShellExecution { - /** - * Creates a shell execution with a full command line. - * - * @param commandLine The command line to execute. - * @param options Optional options for the started the shell. - */ - constructor(commandLine: string, options?: ShellExecutionOptions); - - /** - * Creates a shell execution with a command and arguments. For the real execution VS Code will - * construct a command line from the command and the arguments. This is subject to interpretation - * especially when it comes to quoting. If full control over the command line is needed please - * use the constructor that creates a `ShellExecution` with the full command line. - * - * @param command The command to execute. - * @param args The command arguments. - * @param options Optional options for the started the shell. - */ - constructor(command: string | ShellQuotedString, args: (string | ShellQuotedString)[], options?: ShellExecutionOptions); - - /** - * The shell command line. Is `undefined` if created with a command and arguments. - */ - commandLine: string | undefined; - - /** - * The shell command. Is `undefined` if created with a full command line. - */ - command: string | ShellQuotedString; - - /** - * The shell args. Is `undefined` if created with a full command line. - */ - args: (string | ShellQuotedString)[]; - - /** - * The shell options used when the command line is executed in a shell. - * Defaults to undefined. - */ - options?: ShellExecutionOptions; - } - - /** - * Class used to execute an extension callback as a task. - */ - export class CustomExecution { - /** - * Constructs a CustomExecution task object. The callback will be executed the task is run, at which point the - * extension should return the Pseudoterminal it will "run in". The task should wait to do further execution until - * [Pseudoterminal.open](#Pseudoterminal.open) is called. Task cancellation should be handled using - * [Pseudoterminal.close](#Pseudoterminal.close). When the task is complete fire - * [Pseudoterminal.onDidClose](#Pseudoterminal.onDidClose). - * @param process The [Pseudoterminal](#Pseudoterminal) to be used by the task to display output. - * @param callback The callback that will be called when the task is started by a user. Any ${} style variables that - * were in the task definition will be resolved and passed into the callback. - */ - constructor(callback: (resolvedDefinition: TaskDefinition) => Thenable); - } - - /** - * The scope of a task. - */ - export enum TaskScope { - /** - * The task is a global task. Global tasks are currently not supported. - */ - Global = 1, - - /** - * The task is a workspace task - */ - Workspace = 2 - } - - /** - * Run options for a task. - */ - export interface RunOptions { - /** - * Controls whether task variables are re-evaluated on rerun. - */ - reevaluateOnRerun?: boolean; - } - - /** - * A task to execute - */ - export class Task { - - /** - * Creates a new task. - * - * @param definition The task definition as defined in the taskDefinitions extension point. - * @param scope Specifies the task's scope. It is either a global or a workspace task or a task for a specific workspace folder. Global tasks are currently not supported. - * @param name The task's name. Is presented in the user interface. - * @param source The task's source (e.g. 'gulp', 'npm', ...). Is presented in the user interface. - * @param execution The process or shell execution. - * @param problemMatchers the names of problem matchers to use, like '$tsc' - * or '$eslint'. Problem matchers can be contributed by an extension using - * the `problemMatchers` extension point. - */ - constructor(taskDefinition: TaskDefinition, scope: WorkspaceFolder | TaskScope.Global | TaskScope.Workspace, name: string, source: string, execution?: ProcessExecution | ShellExecution | CustomExecution, problemMatchers?: string | string[]); - - /** - * Creates a new task. - * - * @deprecated Use the new constructors that allow specifying a scope for the task. - * - * @param definition The task definition as defined in the taskDefinitions extension point. - * @param name The task's name. Is presented in the user interface. - * @param source The task's source (e.g. 'gulp', 'npm', ...). Is presented in the user interface. - * @param execution The process or shell execution. - * @param problemMatchers the names of problem matchers to use, like '$tsc' - * or '$eslint'. Problem matchers can be contributed by an extension using - * the `problemMatchers` extension point. - */ - constructor(taskDefinition: TaskDefinition, name: string, source: string, execution?: ProcessExecution | ShellExecution, problemMatchers?: string | string[]); - - /** - * The task's definition. - */ - definition: TaskDefinition; - - /** - * The task's scope. - */ - readonly scope?: TaskScope.Global | TaskScope.Workspace | WorkspaceFolder; - - /** - * The task's name - */ - name: string; - - /** - * A human-readable string which is rendered less prominently on a separate line in places - * where the task's name is displayed. Supports rendering of [theme icons](#ThemeIcon) - * via the `$()`-syntax. - */ - detail?: string; - - /** - * The task's execution engine - */ - execution?: ProcessExecution | ShellExecution | CustomExecution; - - /** - * Whether the task is a background task or not. - */ - isBackground: boolean; - - /** - * A human-readable string describing the source of this shell task, e.g. 'gulp' - * or 'npm'. Supports rendering of [theme icons](#ThemeIcon) via the `$()`-syntax. - */ - source: string; - - /** - * The task group this tasks belongs to. See TaskGroup - * for a predefined set of available groups. - * Defaults to undefined meaning that the task doesn't - * belong to any special group. - */ - group?: TaskGroup; - - /** - * The presentation options. Defaults to an empty literal. - */ - presentationOptions: TaskPresentationOptions; - - /** - * The problem matchers attached to the task. Defaults to an empty - * array. - */ - problemMatchers: string[]; - - /** - * Run options for the task - */ - runOptions: RunOptions; - } - - /** - * A task provider allows to add tasks to the task service. - * A task provider is registered via #tasks.registerTaskProvider. - */ - export interface TaskProvider { - /** - * Provides tasks. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return an array of tasks - */ - provideTasks(token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - - /** - * Resolves a task that has no [`execution`](#Task.execution) set. Tasks are - * often created from information found in the `tasks.json`-file. Such tasks miss - * the information on how to execute them and a task provider must fill in - * the missing information in the `resolveTask`-method. This method will not be - * called for tasks returned from the above `provideTasks` method since those - * tasks are always fully resolved. A valid default implementation for the - * `resolveTask` method is to return `undefined`. - * - * @param task The task to resolve. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return The resolved task - */ - resolveTask(task: T, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * An object representing an executed Task. It can be used - * to terminate a task. - * - * This interface is not intended to be implemented. - */ - export interface TaskExecution { - /** - * The task that got started. - */ - task: Task; - - /** - * Terminates the task execution. - */ - terminate(): void; - } - - /** - * An event signaling the start of a task execution. - * - * This interface is not intended to be implemented. - */ - interface TaskStartEvent { - /** - * The task item representing the task that got started. - */ - readonly execution: TaskExecution; - } - - /** - * An event signaling the end of an executed task. - * - * This interface is not intended to be implemented. - */ - interface TaskEndEvent { - /** - * The task item representing the task that finished. - */ - readonly execution: TaskExecution; - } - - /** - * An event signaling the start of a process execution - * triggered through a task - */ - export interface TaskProcessStartEvent { - - /** - * The task execution for which the process got started. - */ - readonly execution: TaskExecution; - - /** - * The underlying process id. - */ - readonly processId: number; - } - - /** - * An event signaling the end of a process execution - * triggered through a task - */ - export interface TaskProcessEndEvent { - - /** - * The task execution for which the process got started. - */ - readonly execution: TaskExecution; - - /** - * The process's exit code. - */ - readonly exitCode: number; - } - - export interface TaskFilter { - /** - * The task version as used in the tasks.json file. - * The string support the package.json semver notation. - */ - version?: string; - - /** - * The task type to return; - */ - type?: string; - } - - /** - * Namespace for tasks functionality. - */ - export namespace tasks { - - /** - * Register a task provider. - * - * @param type The task kind type this provider is registered for. - * @param provider A task provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerTaskProvider(type: string, provider: TaskProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Fetches all tasks available in the systems. This includes tasks - * from `tasks.json` files as well as tasks from task providers - * contributed through extensions. - * - * @param filter Optional filter to select tasks of a certain type or version. - */ - export function fetchTasks(filter?: TaskFilter): Thenable; - - /** - * Executes a task that is managed by VS Code. The returned - * task execution can be used to terminate the task. - * - * @throws When running a ShellExecution or a ProcessExecution - * task in an environment where a new process cannot be started. - * In such an environment, only CustomExecution tasks can be run. - * - * @param task the task to execute - */ - export function executeTask(task: Task): Thenable; - - /** - * The currently active task executions or an empty array. - */ - export const taskExecutions: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * Fires when a task starts. - */ - export const onDidStartTask: Event; - - /** - * Fires when a task ends. - */ - export const onDidEndTask: Event; - - /** - * Fires when the underlying process has been started. - * This event will not fire for tasks that don't - * execute an underlying process. - */ - export const onDidStartTaskProcess: Event; - - /** - * Fires when the underlying process has ended. - * This event will not fire for tasks that don't - * execute an underlying process. - */ - export const onDidEndTaskProcess: Event; - } - - /** - * Enumeration of file types. The types `File` and `Directory` can also be - * a symbolic links, in that case use `FileType.File | FileType.SymbolicLink` and - * `FileType.Directory | FileType.SymbolicLink`. - */ - export enum FileType { - /** - * The file type is unknown. - */ - Unknown = 0, - /** - * A regular file. - */ - File = 1, - /** - * A directory. - */ - Directory = 2, - /** - * A symbolic link to a file. - */ - SymbolicLink = 64 - } - - /** - * The `FileStat`-type represents metadata about a file - */ - export interface FileStat { - /** - * The type of the file, e.g. is a regular file, a directory, or symbolic link - * to a file. - * - * *Note:* This value might be a bitmask, e.g. `FileType.File | FileType.SymbolicLink`. - */ - type: FileType; - /** - * The creation timestamp in milliseconds elapsed since January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC. - */ - ctime: number; - /** - * The modification timestamp in milliseconds elapsed since January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC. - * - * *Note:* If the file changed, it is important to provide an updated `mtime` that advanced - * from the previous value. Otherwise there may be optimizations in place that will not show - * the updated file contents in an editor for example. - */ - mtime: number; - /** - * The size in bytes. - * - * *Note:* If the file changed, it is important to provide an updated `size`. Otherwise there - * may be optimizations in place that will not show the updated file contents in an editor for - * example. - */ - size: number; - } - - /** - * A type that filesystem providers should use to signal errors. - * - * This class has factory methods for common error-cases, like `FileNotFound` when - * a file or folder doesn't exist, use them like so: `throw vscode.FileSystemError.FileNotFound(someUri);` - */ - export class FileSystemError extends Error { - - /** - * Create an error to signal that a file or folder wasn't found. - * @param messageOrUri Message or uri. - */ - static FileNotFound(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError; - - /** - * Create an error to signal that a file or folder already exists, e.g. when - * creating but not overwriting a file. - * @param messageOrUri Message or uri. - */ - static FileExists(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError; - - /** - * Create an error to signal that a file is not a folder. - * @param messageOrUri Message or uri. - */ - static FileNotADirectory(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError; - - /** - * Create an error to signal that a file is a folder. - * @param messageOrUri Message or uri. - */ - static FileIsADirectory(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError; - - /** - * Create an error to signal that an operation lacks required permissions. - * @param messageOrUri Message or uri. - */ - static NoPermissions(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError; - - /** - * Create an error to signal that the file system is unavailable or too busy to - * complete a request. - * @param messageOrUri Message or uri. - */ - static Unavailable(messageOrUri?: string | Uri): FileSystemError; - - /** - * Creates a new filesystem error. - * - * @param messageOrUri Message or uri. - */ - constructor(messageOrUri?: string | Uri); - - /** - * A code that identifies this error. - * - * Possible values are names of errors, like [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound), - * or `Unknown` for unspecified errors. - */ - readonly code: string; - } - - /** - * Enumeration of file change types. - */ - export enum FileChangeType { - - /** - * The contents or metadata of a file have changed. - */ - Changed = 1, - - /** - * A file has been created. - */ - Created = 2, - - /** - * A file has been deleted. - */ - Deleted = 3, - } - - /** - * The event filesystem providers must use to signal a file change. - */ - export interface FileChangeEvent { - - /** - * The type of change. - */ - readonly type: FileChangeType; - - /** - * The uri of the file that has changed. - */ - readonly uri: Uri; - } - - /** - * The filesystem provider defines what the editor needs to read, write, discover, - * and to manage files and folders. It allows extensions to serve files from remote places, - * like ftp-servers, and to seamlessly integrate those into the editor. - * - * * *Note 1:* The filesystem provider API works with [uris](#Uri) and assumes hierarchical - * paths, e.g. `foo:/my/path` is a child of `foo:/my/` and a parent of `foo:/my/path/deeper`. - * * *Note 2:* There is an activation event `onFileSystem:` that fires when a file - * or folder is being accessed. - * * *Note 3:* The word 'file' is often used to denote all [kinds](#FileType) of files, e.g. - * folders, symbolic links, and regular files. - */ - export interface FileSystemProvider { - - /** - * An event to signal that a resource has been created, changed, or deleted. This - * event should fire for resources that are being [watched](#FileSystemProvider.watch) - * by clients of this provider. - * - * *Note:* It is important that the metadata of the file that changed provides an - * updated `mtime` that advanced from the previous value in the [stat](#FileStat) and a - * correct `size` value. Otherwise there may be optimizations in place that will not show - * the change in an editor for example. - */ - readonly onDidChangeFile: Event; - - /** - * Subscribe to events in the file or folder denoted by `uri`. - * - * The editor will call this function for files and folders. In the latter case, the - * options differ from defaults, e.g. what files/folders to exclude from watching - * and if subfolders, sub-subfolder, etc. should be watched (`recursive`). - * - * @param uri The uri of the file to be watched. - * @param options Configures the watch. - * @returns A disposable that tells the provider to stop watching the `uri`. - */ - watch(uri: Uri, options: { recursive: boolean; excludes: string[] }): Disposable; - - /** - * Retrieve metadata about a file. - * - * Note that the metadata for symbolic links should be the metadata of the file they refer to. - * Still, the [SymbolicLink](#FileType.SymbolicLink)-type must be used in addition to the actual type, e.g. - * `FileType.SymbolicLink | FileType.Directory`. - * - * @param uri The uri of the file to retrieve metadata about. - * @return The file metadata about the file. - * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when `uri` doesn't exist. - */ - stat(uri: Uri): FileStat | Thenable; - - /** - * Retrieve all entries of a [directory](#FileType.Directory). - * - * @param uri The uri of the folder. - * @return An array of name/type-tuples or a thenable that resolves to such. - * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when `uri` doesn't exist. - */ - readDirectory(uri: Uri): [string, FileType][] | Thenable<[string, FileType][]>; - - /** - * Create a new directory (Note, that new files are created via `write`-calls). - * - * @param uri The uri of the new folder. - * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when the parent of `uri` doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required. - * @throws [`FileExists`](#FileSystemError.FileExists) when `uri` already exists. - * @throws [`NoPermissions`](#FileSystemError.NoPermissions) when permissions aren't sufficient. - */ - createDirectory(uri: Uri): void | Thenable; - - /** - * Read the entire contents of a file. - * - * @param uri The uri of the file. - * @return An array of bytes or a thenable that resolves to such. - * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when `uri` doesn't exist. - */ - readFile(uri: Uri): Uint8Array | Thenable; - - /** - * Write data to a file, replacing its entire contents. - * - * @param uri The uri of the file. - * @param content The new content of the file. - * @param options Defines if missing files should or must be created. - * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when `uri` doesn't exist and `create` is not set. - * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when the parent of `uri` doesn't exist and `create` is set, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required. - * @throws [`FileExists`](#FileSystemError.FileExists) when `uri` already exists, `create` is set but `overwrite` is not set. - * @throws [`NoPermissions`](#FileSystemError.NoPermissions) when permissions aren't sufficient. - */ - writeFile(uri: Uri, content: Uint8Array, options: { create: boolean, overwrite: boolean }): void | Thenable; - - /** - * Delete a file. - * - * @param uri The resource that is to be deleted. - * @param options Defines if deletion of folders is recursive. - * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when `uri` doesn't exist. - * @throws [`NoPermissions`](#FileSystemError.NoPermissions) when permissions aren't sufficient. - */ - delete(uri: Uri, options: { recursive: boolean }): void | Thenable; - - /** - * Rename a file or folder. - * - * @param oldUri The existing file. - * @param newUri The new location. - * @param options Defines if existing files should be overwritten. - * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when `oldUri` doesn't exist. - * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when parent of `newUri` doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required. - * @throws [`FileExists`](#FileSystemError.FileExists) when `newUri` exists and when the `overwrite` option is not `true`. - * @throws [`NoPermissions`](#FileSystemError.NoPermissions) when permissions aren't sufficient. - */ - rename(oldUri: Uri, newUri: Uri, options: { overwrite: boolean }): void | Thenable; - - /** - * Copy files or folders. Implementing this function is optional but it will speedup - * the copy operation. - * - * @param source The existing file. - * @param destination The destination location. - * @param options Defines if existing files should be overwritten. - * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when `source` doesn't exist. - * @throws [`FileNotFound`](#FileSystemError.FileNotFound) when parent of `destination` doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required. - * @throws [`FileExists`](#FileSystemError.FileExists) when `destination` exists and when the `overwrite` option is not `true`. - * @throws [`NoPermissions`](#FileSystemError.NoPermissions) when permissions aren't sufficient. - */ - copy?(source: Uri, destination: Uri, options: { overwrite: boolean }): void | Thenable; - } - - /** - * The file system interface exposes the editor's built-in and contributed - * [file system providers](#FileSystemProvider). It allows extensions to work - * with files from the local disk as well as files from remote places, like the - * remote extension host or ftp-servers. - * - * *Note* that an instance of this interface is available as [`workspace.fs`](#workspace.fs). - */ - export interface FileSystem { - - /** - * Retrieve metadata about a file. - * - * @param uri The uri of the file to retrieve metadata about. - * @return The file metadata about the file. - */ - stat(uri: Uri): Thenable; - - /** - * Retrieve all entries of a [directory](#FileType.Directory). - * - * @param uri The uri of the folder. - * @return An array of name/type-tuples or a thenable that resolves to such. - */ - readDirectory(uri: Uri): Thenable<[string, FileType][]>; - - /** - * Create a new directory (Note, that new files are created via `write`-calls). - * - * *Note* that missing directories are created automatically, e.g this call has - * `mkdirp` semantics. - * - * @param uri The uri of the new folder. - */ - createDirectory(uri: Uri): Thenable; - - /** - * Read the entire contents of a file. - * - * @param uri The uri of the file. - * @return An array of bytes or a thenable that resolves to such. - */ - readFile(uri: Uri): Thenable; - - /** - * Write data to a file, replacing its entire contents. - * - * @param uri The uri of the file. - * @param content The new content of the file. - */ - writeFile(uri: Uri, content: Uint8Array): Thenable; - - /** - * Delete a file. - * - * @param uri The resource that is to be deleted. - * @param options Defines if trash can should be used and if deletion of folders is recursive - */ - delete(uri: Uri, options?: { recursive?: boolean, useTrash?: boolean }): Thenable; - - /** - * Rename a file or folder. - * - * @param oldUri The existing file. - * @param newUri The new location. - * @param options Defines if existing files should be overwritten. - */ - rename(source: Uri, target: Uri, options?: { overwrite?: boolean }): Thenable; - - /** - * Copy files or folders. - * - * @param source The existing file. - * @param destination The destination location. - * @param options Defines if existing files should be overwritten. - */ - copy(source: Uri, target: Uri, options?: { overwrite?: boolean }): Thenable; - } - - /** - * Defines a port mapping used for localhost inside the webview. - */ - export interface WebviewPortMapping { - /** - * Localhost port to remap inside the webview. - */ - readonly webviewPort: number; - - /** - * Destination port. The `webviewPort` is resolved to this port. - */ - readonly extensionHostPort: number; - } - - /** - * Content settings for a webview. - */ - export interface WebviewOptions { - /** - * Controls whether scripts are enabled in the webview content or not. - * - * Defaults to false (scripts-disabled). - */ - readonly enableScripts?: boolean; - - /** - * Controls whether command uris are enabled in webview content or not. - * - * Defaults to false. - */ - readonly enableCommandUris?: boolean; - - /** - * Root paths from which the webview can load local (filesystem) resources using uris from `asWebviewUri` - * - * Default to the root folders of the current workspace plus the extension's install directory. - * - * Pass in an empty array to disallow access to any local resources. - */ - readonly localResourceRoots?: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * Mappings of localhost ports used inside the webview. - * - * Port mapping allow webviews to transparently define how localhost ports are resolved. This can be used - * to allow using a static localhost port inside the webview that is resolved to random port that a service is - * running on. - * - * If a webview accesses localhost content, we recommend that you specify port mappings even if - * the `webviewPort` and `extensionHostPort` ports are the same. - * - * *Note* that port mappings only work for `http` or `https` urls. Websocket urls (e.g. `ws://localhost:3000`) - * cannot be mapped to another port. - */ - readonly portMapping?: ReadonlyArray; - } - - /** - * Displays html content, similarly to an iframe. - */ - export interface Webview { - /** - * Content settings for the webview. - */ - options: WebviewOptions; - - /** - * HTML contents of the webview. - * - * This should be a complete, valid html document. Changing this property causes the webview to be reloaded. - * - * Webviews are sandboxed from normal extension process, so all communication with the webview must use - * message passing. To send a message from the extension to the webview, use [`postMessage`](#Webview.postMessage). - * To send message from the webview back to an extension, use the `acquireVsCodeApi` function inside the webview - * to get a handle to VS Code's api and then call `.postMessage()`: - * - * ```html - * - * ``` - * - * To load a resources from the workspace inside a webview, use the `[asWebviewUri](#Webview.asWebviewUri)` method - * and ensure the resource's directory is listed in [`WebviewOptions.localResourceRoots`](#WebviewOptions.localResourceRoots). - * - * Keep in mind that even though webviews are sandboxed, they still allow running scripts and loading arbitrary content, - * so extensions must follow all standard web security best practices when working with webviews. This includes - * properly sanitizing all untrusted input (including content from the workspace) and - * setting a [content security policy](https://aka.ms/vscode-api-webview-csp). - */ - html: string; - - /** - * Fired when the webview content posts a message. - * - * Webview content can post strings or json serializable objects back to a VS Code extension. They cannot - * post `Blob`, `File`, `ImageData` and other DOM specific objects since the extension that receives the - * message does not run in a browser environment. - */ - readonly onDidReceiveMessage: Event; - - /** - * Post a message to the webview content. - * - * Messages are only delivered if the webview is live (either visible or in the - * background with `retainContextWhenHidden`). - * - * @param message Body of the message. This must be a string or other json serializable object. - */ - postMessage(message: any): Thenable; - - /** - * Convert a uri for the local file system to one that can be used inside webviews. - * - * Webviews cannot directly load resources from the workspace or local file system using `file:` uris. The - * `asWebviewUri` function takes a local `file:` uri and converts it into a uri that can be used inside of - * a webview to load the same resource: - * - * ```ts - * webview.html = `` - * ``` - */ - asWebviewUri(localResource: Uri): Uri; - - /** - * Content security policy source for webview resources. - * - * This is the origin that should be used in a content security policy rule: - * - * ``` - * img-src https: ${webview.cspSource} ...; - * ``` - */ - readonly cspSource: string; - } - - /** - * Content settings for a webview panel. - */ - export interface WebviewPanelOptions { - /** - * Controls if the find widget is enabled in the panel. - * - * Defaults to false. - */ - readonly enableFindWidget?: boolean; - - /** - * Controls if the webview panel's content (iframe) is kept around even when the panel - * is no longer visible. - * - * Normally the webview panel's html context is created when the panel becomes visible - * and destroyed when it is hidden. Extensions that have complex state - * or UI can set the `retainContextWhenHidden` to make VS Code keep the webview - * context around, even when the webview moves to a background tab. When a webview using - * `retainContextWhenHidden` becomes hidden, its scripts and other dynamic content are suspended. - * When the panel becomes visible again, the context is automatically restored - * in the exact same state it was in originally. You cannot send messages to a - * hidden webview, even with `retainContextWhenHidden` enabled. - * - * `retainContextWhenHidden` has a high memory overhead and should only be used if - * your panel's context cannot be quickly saved and restored. - */ - readonly retainContextWhenHidden?: boolean; - } - - /** - * A panel that contains a webview. - */ - interface WebviewPanel { - /** - * Identifies the type of the webview panel, such as `'markdown.preview'`. - */ - readonly viewType: string; - - /** - * Title of the panel shown in UI. - */ - title: string; - - /** - * Icon for the panel shown in UI. - */ - iconPath?: Uri | { light: Uri; dark: Uri }; - - /** - * [`Webview`](#Webview) belonging to the panel. - */ - readonly webview: Webview; - - /** - * Content settings for the webview panel. - */ - readonly options: WebviewPanelOptions; - - /** - * Editor position of the panel. This property is only set if the webview is in - * one of the editor view columns. - */ - readonly viewColumn?: ViewColumn; - - /** - * Whether the panel is active (focused by the user). - */ - readonly active: boolean; - - /** - * Whether the panel is visible. - */ - readonly visible: boolean; - - /** - * Fired when the panel's view state changes. - */ - readonly onDidChangeViewState: Event; - - /** - * Fired when the panel is disposed. - * - * This may be because the user closed the panel or because `.dispose()` was - * called on it. - * - * Trying to use the panel after it has been disposed throws an exception. - */ - readonly onDidDispose: Event; - - /** - * Show the webview panel in a given column. - * - * A webview panel may only show in a single column at a time. If it is already showing, this - * method moves it to a new column. - * - * @param viewColumn View column to show the panel in. Shows in the current `viewColumn` if undefined. - * @param preserveFocus When `true`, the webview will not take focus. - */ - reveal(viewColumn?: ViewColumn, preserveFocus?: boolean): void; - - /** - * Dispose of the webview panel. - * - * This closes the panel if it showing and disposes of the resources owned by the webview. - * Webview panels are also disposed when the user closes the webview panel. Both cases - * fire the `onDispose` event. - */ - dispose(): any; - } - - /** - * Event fired when a webview panel's view state changes. - */ - export interface WebviewPanelOnDidChangeViewStateEvent { - /** - * Webview panel whose view state changed. - */ - readonly webviewPanel: WebviewPanel; - } - - /** - * Restore webview panels that have been persisted when vscode shuts down. - * - * There are two types of webview persistence: - * - * - Persistence within a session. - * - Persistence across sessions (across restarts of VS Code). - * - * A `WebviewPanelSerializer` is only required for the second case: persisting a webview across sessions. - * - * Persistence within a session allows a webview to save its state when it becomes hidden - * and restore its content from this state when it becomes visible again. It is powered entirely - * by the webview content itself. To save off a persisted state, call `acquireVsCodeApi().setState()` with - * any json serializable object. To restore the state again, call `getState()` - * - * ```js - * // Within the webview - * const vscode = acquireVsCodeApi(); - * - * // Get existing state - * const oldState = vscode.getState() || { value: 0 }; - * - * // Update state - * setState({ value: oldState.value + 1 }) - * ``` - * - * A `WebviewPanelSerializer` extends this persistence across restarts of VS Code. When the editor is shutdown, - * VS Code will save off the state from `setState` of all webviews that have a serializer. When the - * webview first becomes visible after the restart, this state is passed to `deserializeWebviewPanel`. - * The extension can then restore the old `WebviewPanel` from this state. - * - * @param T Type of the webview's state. - */ - interface WebviewPanelSerializer { - /** - * Restore a webview panel from its serialized `state`. - * - * Called when a serialized webview first becomes visible. - * - * @param webviewPanel Webview panel to restore. The serializer should take ownership of this panel. The - * serializer must restore the webview's `.html` and hook up all webview events. - * @param state Persisted state from the webview content. - * - * @return Thenable indicating that the webview has been fully restored. - */ - deserializeWebviewPanel(webviewPanel: WebviewPanel, state: T): Thenable; - } - - /** - * A webview based view. - */ - export interface WebviewView { - /** - * Identifies the type of the webview view, such as `'hexEditor.dataView'`. - */ - readonly viewType: string; - - /** - * The underlying webview for the view. - */ - readonly webview: Webview; - - /** - * View title displayed in the UI. - * - * The view title is initially taken from the extension `package.json` contribution. - */ - title?: string; - - /** - * Human-readable string which is rendered less prominently in the title. - */ - description?: string; - - /** - * Event fired when the view is disposed. - * - * Views are disposed when they are explicitly hidden by a user (this happens when a user - * right clicks in a view and unchecks the webview view). - * - * Trying to use the view after it has been disposed throws an exception. - */ - readonly onDidDispose: Event; - - /** - * Tracks if the webview is currently visible. - * - * Views are visible when they are on the screen and expanded. - */ - readonly visible: boolean; - - /** - * Event fired when the visibility of the view changes. - * - * Actions that trigger a visibility change: - * - * - The view is collapsed or expanded. - * - The user switches to a different view group in the sidebar or panel. - * - * Note that hiding a view using the context menu instead disposes of the view and fires `onDidDispose`. - */ - readonly onDidChangeVisibility: Event; - - /** - * Reveal the view in the UI. - * - * If the view is collapsed, this will expand it. - * - * @param preserveFocus When `true` the view will not take focus. - */ - show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void; - } - - /** - * Additional information the webview view being resolved. - * - * @param T Type of the webview's state. - */ - interface WebviewViewResolveContext { - /** - * Persisted state from the webview content. - * - * To save resources, VS Code normally deallocates webview documents (the iframe content) that are not visible. - * For example, when the user collapse a view or switches to another top level activity in the sidebar, the - * `WebviewView` itself is kept alive but the webview's underlying document is deallocated. It is recreated when - * the view becomes visible again. - * - * You can prevent this behavior by setting `retainContextWhenHidden` in the `WebviewOptions`. However this - * increases resource usage and should be avoided wherever possible. Instead, you can use persisted state to - * save off a webview's state so that it can be quickly recreated as needed. - * - * To save off a persisted state, inside the webview call `acquireVsCodeApi().setState()` with - * any json serializable object. To restore the state again, call `getState()`. For example: - * - * ```js - * // Within the webview - * const vscode = acquireVsCodeApi(); - * - * // Get existing state - * const oldState = vscode.getState() || { value: 0 }; - * - * // Update state - * setState({ value: oldState.value + 1 }) - * ``` - * - * VS Code ensures that the persisted state is saved correctly when a webview is hidden and across - * editor restarts. - */ - readonly state: T | undefined; - } - - /** - * Provider for creating `WebviewView` elements. - */ - export interface WebviewViewProvider { - /** - * Revolves a webview view. - * - * `resolveWebviewView` is called when a view first becomes visible. This may happen when the view is - * first loaded or when the user hides and then shows a view again. - * - * @param webviewView Webview view to restore. The provider should take ownership of this view. The - * provider must set the webview's `.html` and hook up all webview events it is interested in. - * @param context Additional metadata about the view being resolved. - * @param token Cancellation token indicating that the view being provided is no longer needed. - * - * @return Optional thenable indicating that the view has been fully resolved. - */ - resolveWebviewView(webviewView: WebviewView, context: WebviewViewResolveContext, token: CancellationToken): Thenable | void; - } - - /** - * Provider for text based custom editors. - * - * Text based custom editors use a [`TextDocument`](#TextDocument) as their data model. This considerably simplifies - * implementing a custom editor as it allows VS Code to handle many common operations such as - * undo and backup. The provider is responsible for synchronizing text changes between the webview and the `TextDocument`. - */ - export interface CustomTextEditorProvider { - - /** - * Resolve a custom editor for a given text resource. - * - * This is called when a user first opens a resource for a `CustomTextEditorProvider`, or if they reopen an - * existing editor using this `CustomTextEditorProvider`. - * - * - * @param document Document for the resource to resolve. - * - * @param webviewPanel The webview panel used to display the editor UI for this resource. - * - * During resolve, the provider must fill in the initial html for the content webview panel and hook up all - * the event listeners on it that it is interested in. The provider can also hold onto the `WebviewPanel` to - * use later for example in a command. See [`WebviewPanel`](#WebviewPanel) for additional details. - * - * @param token A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed. - * - * @return Thenable indicating that the custom editor has been resolved. - */ - resolveCustomTextEditor(document: TextDocument, webviewPanel: WebviewPanel, token: CancellationToken): Thenable | void; - } - - /** - * Represents a custom document used by a [`CustomEditorProvider`](#CustomEditorProvider). - * - * Custom documents are only used within a given `CustomEditorProvider`. The lifecycle of a `CustomDocument` is - * managed by VS Code. When no more references remain to a `CustomDocument`, it is disposed of. - */ - interface CustomDocument { - /** - * The associated uri for this document. - */ - readonly uri: Uri; - - /** - * Dispose of the custom document. - * - * This is invoked by VS Code when there are no more references to a given `CustomDocument` (for example when - * all editors associated with the document have been closed.) - */ - dispose(): void; - } - - /** - * Event triggered by extensions to signal to VS Code that an edit has occurred on an [`CustomDocument`](#CustomDocument). - * - * @see [`CustomDocumentProvider.onDidChangeCustomDocument`](#CustomDocumentProvider.onDidChangeCustomDocument). - */ - interface CustomDocumentEditEvent { - - /** - * The document that the edit is for. - */ - readonly document: T; - - /** - * Undo the edit operation. - * - * This is invoked by VS Code when the user undoes this edit. To implement `undo`, your - * extension should restore the document and editor to the state they were in just before this - * edit was added to VS Code's internal edit stack by `onDidChangeCustomDocument`. - */ - undo(): Thenable | void; - - /** - * Redo the edit operation. - * - * This is invoked by VS Code when the user redoes this edit. To implement `redo`, your - * extension should restore the document and editor to the state they were in just after this - * edit was added to VS Code's internal edit stack by `onDidChangeCustomDocument`. - */ - redo(): Thenable | void; - - /** - * Display name describing the edit. - * - * This will be shown to users in the UI for undo/redo operations. - */ - readonly label?: string; - } - - /** - * Event triggered by extensions to signal to VS Code that the content of a [`CustomDocument`](#CustomDocument) - * has changed. - * - * @see [`CustomDocumentProvider.onDidChangeCustomDocument`](#CustomDocumentProvider.onDidChangeCustomDocument). - */ - interface CustomDocumentContentChangeEvent { - /** - * The document that the change is for. - */ - readonly document: T; - } - - /** - * A backup for an [`CustomDocument`](#CustomDocument). - */ - interface CustomDocumentBackup { - /** - * Unique identifier for the backup. - * - * This id is passed back to your extension in `openCustomDocument` when opening a custom editor from a backup. - */ - readonly id: string; - - /** - * Delete the current backup. - * - * This is called by VS Code when it is clear the current backup is no longer needed, such as when a new backup - * is made or when the file is saved. - */ - delete(): void; - } - - /** - * Additional information used to implement [`CustomEditableDocument.backup`](#CustomEditableDocument.backup). - */ - interface CustomDocumentBackupContext { - /** - * Suggested file location to write the new backup. - * - * Note that your extension is free to ignore this and use its own strategy for backup. - * - * If the editor is for a resource from the current workspace, `destination` will point to a file inside - * `ExtensionContext.storagePath`. The parent folder of `destination` may not exist, so make sure to created it - * before writing the backup to this location. - */ - readonly destination: Uri; - } - - /** - * Additional information about the opening custom document. - */ - interface CustomDocumentOpenContext { - /** - * The id of the backup to restore the document from or `undefined` if there is no backup. - * - * If this is provided, your extension should restore the editor from the backup instead of reading the file - * from the user's workspace. - */ - readonly backupId?: string; - } - - /** - * Provider for readonly custom editors that use a custom document model. - * - * Custom editors use [`CustomDocument`](#CustomDocument) as their document model instead of a [`TextDocument`](#TextDocument). - * - * You should use this type of custom editor when dealing with binary files or more complex scenarios. For simple - * text based documents, use [`CustomTextEditorProvider`](#CustomTextEditorProvider) instead. - * - * @param T Type of the custom document returned by this provider. - */ - export interface CustomReadonlyEditorProvider { - - /** - * Create a new document for a given resource. - * - * `openCustomDocument` is called when the first time an editor for a given resource is opened. The opened - * document is then passed to `resolveCustomEditor` so that the editor can be shown to the user. - * - * Already opened `CustomDocument` are re-used if the user opened additional editors. When all editors for a - * given resource are closed, the `CustomDocument` is disposed of. Opening an editor at this point will - * trigger another call to `openCustomDocument`. - * - * @param uri Uri of the document to open. - * @param openContext Additional information about the opening custom document. - * @param token A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed. - * - * @return The custom document. - */ - openCustomDocument(uri: Uri, openContext: CustomDocumentOpenContext, token: CancellationToken): Thenable | T; - - /** - * Resolve a custom editor for a given resource. - * - * This is called whenever the user opens a new editor for this `CustomEditorProvider`. - * - * @param document Document for the resource being resolved. - * - * @param webviewPanel The webview panel used to display the editor UI for this resource. - * - * During resolve, the provider must fill in the initial html for the content webview panel and hook up all - * the event listeners on it that it is interested in. The provider can also hold onto the `WebviewPanel` to - * use later for example in a command. See [`WebviewPanel`](#WebviewPanel) for additional details. - * - * @param token A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed. - * - * @return Optional thenable indicating that the custom editor has been resolved. - */ - resolveCustomEditor(document: T, webviewPanel: WebviewPanel, token: CancellationToken): Thenable | void; - } - - /** - * Provider for editable custom editors that use a custom document model. - * - * Custom editors use [`CustomDocument`](#CustomDocument) as their document model instead of a [`TextDocument`](#TextDocument). - * This gives extensions full control over actions such as edit, save, and backup. - * - * You should use this type of custom editor when dealing with binary files or more complex scenarios. For simple - * text based documents, use [`CustomTextEditorProvider`](#CustomTextEditorProvider) instead. - * - * @param T Type of the custom document returned by this provider. - */ - export interface CustomEditorProvider extends CustomReadonlyEditorProvider { - /** - * Signal that an edit has occurred inside a custom editor. - * - * This event must be fired by your extension whenever an edit happens in a custom editor. An edit can be - * anything from changing some text, to cropping an image, to reordering a list. Your extension is free to - * define what an edit is and what data is stored on each edit. - * - * Firing `onDidChange` causes VS Code to mark the editors as being dirty. This is cleared when the user either - * saves or reverts the file. - * - * Editors that support undo/redo must fire a `CustomDocumentEditEvent` whenever an edit happens. This allows - * users to undo and redo the edit using VS Code's standard VS Code keyboard shortcuts. VS Code will also mark - * the editor as no longer being dirty if the user undoes all edits to the last saved state. - * - * Editors that support editing but cannot use VS Code's standard undo/redo mechanism must fire a `CustomDocumentContentChangeEvent`. - * The only way for a user to clear the dirty state of an editor that does not support undo/redo is to either - * `save` or `revert` the file. - * - * An editor should only ever fire `CustomDocumentEditEvent` events, or only ever fire `CustomDocumentContentChangeEvent` events. - */ - readonly onDidChangeCustomDocument: Event> | Event>; - - /** - * Save a custom document. - * - * This method is invoked by VS Code when the user saves a custom editor. This can happen when the user - * triggers save while the custom editor is active, by commands such as `save all`, or by auto save if enabled. - * - * To implement `save`, the implementer must persist the custom editor. This usually means writing the - * file data for the custom document to disk. After `save` completes, any associated editor instances will - * no longer be marked as dirty. - * - * @param document Document to save. - * @param cancellation Token that signals the save is no longer required (for example, if another save was triggered). - * - * @return Thenable signaling that saving has completed. - */ - saveCustomDocument(document: T, cancellation: CancellationToken): Thenable; - - /** - * Save a custom document to a different location. - * - * This method is invoked by VS Code when the user triggers 'save as' on a custom editor. The implementer must - * persist the custom editor to `destination`. - * - * When the user accepts save as, the current editor is be replaced by an non-dirty editor for the newly saved file. - * - * @param document Document to save. - * @param destination Location to save to. - * @param cancellation Token that signals the save is no longer required. - * - * @return Thenable signaling that saving has completed. - */ - saveCustomDocumentAs(document: T, destination: Uri, cancellation: CancellationToken): Thenable; - - /** - * Revert a custom document to its last saved state. - * - * This method is invoked by VS Code when the user triggers `File: Revert File` in a custom editor. (Note that - * this is only used using VS Code's `File: Revert File` command and not on a `git revert` of the file). - * - * To implement `revert`, the implementer must make sure all editor instances (webviews) for `document` - * are displaying the document in the same state is saved in. This usually means reloading the file from the - * workspace. - * - * @param document Document to revert. - * @param cancellation Token that signals the revert is no longer required. - * - * @return Thenable signaling that the change has completed. - */ - revertCustomDocument(document: T, cancellation: CancellationToken): Thenable; - - /** - * Back up a dirty custom document. - * - * Backups are used for hot exit and to prevent data loss. Your `backup` method should persist the resource in - * its current state, i.e. with the edits applied. Most commonly this means saving the resource to disk in - * the `ExtensionContext.storagePath`. When VS Code reloads and your custom editor is opened for a resource, - * your extension should first check to see if any backups exist for the resource. If there is a backup, your - * extension should load the file contents from there instead of from the resource in the workspace. - * - * `backup` is triggered approximately one second after the the user stops editing the document. If the user - * rapidly edits the document, `backup` will not be invoked until the editing stops. - * - * `backup` is not invoked when `auto save` is enabled (since auto save already persists the resource). - * - * @param document Document to backup. - * @param context Information that can be used to backup the document. - * @param cancellation Token that signals the current backup since a new backup is coming in. It is up to your - * extension to decided how to respond to cancellation. If for example your extension is backing up a large file - * in an operation that takes time to complete, your extension may decide to finish the ongoing backup rather - * than cancelling it to ensure that VS Code has some valid backup. - */ - backupCustomDocument(document: T, context: CustomDocumentBackupContext, cancellation: CancellationToken): Thenable; - } - - /** - * The clipboard provides read and write access to the system's clipboard. - */ - export interface Clipboard { - - /** - * Read the current clipboard contents as text. - * @returns A thenable that resolves to a string. - */ - readText(): Thenable; - - /** - * Writes text into the clipboard. - * @returns A thenable that resolves when writing happened. - */ - writeText(value: string): Thenable; - } - - /** - * Possible kinds of UI that can use extensions. - */ - export enum UIKind { - - /** - * Extensions are accessed from a desktop application. - */ - Desktop = 1, - - /** - * Extensions are accessed from a web browser. - */ - Web = 2 - } - - /** - * Namespace describing the environment the editor runs in. - */ - export namespace env { - - /** - * The application name of the editor, like 'VS Code'. - */ - export const appName: string; - - /** - * The application root folder from which the editor is running. - * - * *Note* that the value is the empty string when running in an - * environment that has no representation of an application root folder. - */ - export const appRoot: string; - - /** - * The custom uri scheme the editor registers to in the operating system. - */ - export const uriScheme: string; - - /** - * Represents the preferred user-language, like `de-CH`, `fr`, or `en-US`. - */ - export const language: string; - - /** - * The system clipboard. - */ - export const clipboard: Clipboard; - - /** - * A unique identifier for the computer. - */ - export const machineId: string; - - /** - * A unique identifier for the current session. - * Changes each time the editor is started. - */ - export const sessionId: string; - - /** - * The name of a remote. Defined by extensions, popular samples are `wsl` for the Windows - * Subsystem for Linux or `ssh-remote` for remotes using a secure shell. - * - * *Note* that the value is `undefined` when there is no remote extension host but that the - * value is defined in all extension hosts (local and remote) in case a remote extension host - * exists. Use [`Extension#extensionKind`](#Extension.extensionKind) to know if - * a specific extension runs remote or not. - */ - export const remoteName: string | undefined; - - /** - * The detected default shell for the extension host, this is overridden by the - * `terminal.integrated.shell` setting for the extension host's platform. Note that in - * environments that do not support a shell the value is the empty string. - */ - export const shell: string; - - /** - * The UI kind property indicates from which UI extensions - * are accessed from. For example, extensions could be accessed - * from a desktop application or a web browser. - */ - export const uiKind: UIKind; - - /** - * Opens a link externally using the default application. Depending on the - * used scheme this can be: - * * a browser (`http:`, `https:`) - * * a mail client (`mailto:`) - * * VSCode itself (`vscode:` from `vscode.env.uriScheme`) - * - * *Note* that [`showTextDocument`](#window.showTextDocument) is the right - * way to open a text document inside the editor, not this function. - * - * @param target The uri that should be opened. - * @returns A promise indicating if open was successful. - */ - export function openExternal(target: Uri): Thenable; - - /** - * Resolves a uri to form that is accessible externally. Currently only supports `https:`, `http:` and - * `vscode.env.uriScheme` uris. - * - * #### `http:` or `https:` scheme - * - * Resolves an *external* uri, such as a `http:` or `https:` link, from where the extension is running to a - * uri to the same resource on the client machine. - * - * This is a no-op if the extension is running on the client machine. - * - * If the extension is running remotely, this function automatically establishes a port forwarding tunnel - * from the local machine to `target` on the remote and returns a local uri to the tunnel. The lifetime of - * the port forwarding tunnel is managed by VS Code and the tunnel can be closed by the user. - * - * *Note* that uris passed through `openExternal` are automatically resolved and you should not call `asExternalUri` on them. - * - * #### `vscode.env.uriScheme` - * - * Creates a uri that - if opened in a browser (e.g. via `openExternal`) - will result in a registered [UriHandler](#UriHandler) - * to trigger. - * - * Extensions should not make any assumptions about the resulting uri and should not alter it in anyway. - * Rather, extensions can e.g. use this uri in an authentication flow, by adding the uri as callback query - * argument to the server to authenticate to. - * - * *Note* that if the server decides to add additional query parameters to the uri (e.g. a token or secret), it - * will appear in the uri that is passed to the [UriHandler](#UriHandler). - * - * **Example** of an authentication flow: - * ```typescript - * vscode.window.registerUriHandler({ - * handleUri(uri: vscode.Uri): vscode.ProviderResult { - * if (uri.path === '/did-authenticate') { - * console.log(uri.toString()); - * } - * } - * }); - * - * const callableUri = await vscode.env.asExternalUri(vscode.Uri.parse(`${vscode.env.uriScheme}://my.extension/did-authenticate`)); - * await vscode.env.openExternal(callableUri); - * ``` - * - * *Note* that extensions should not cache the result of `asExternalUri` as the resolved uri may become invalid due to - * a system or user action — for example, in remote cases, a user may close a port forwarding tunnel that was opened by - * `asExternalUri`. - * - * @return A uri that can be used on the client machine. - */ - export function asExternalUri(target: Uri): Thenable; - } - - /** - * Namespace for dealing with commands. In short, a command is a function with a - * unique identifier. The function is sometimes also called _command handler_. - * - * Commands can be added to the editor using the [registerCommand](#commands.registerCommand) - * and [registerTextEditorCommand](#commands.registerTextEditorCommand) functions. Commands - * can be executed [manually](#commands.executeCommand) or from a UI gesture. Those are: - * - * * palette - Use the `commands`-section in `package.json` to make a command show in - * the [command palette](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/getstarted/userinterface#_command-palette). - * * keybinding - Use the `keybindings`-section in `package.json` to enable - * [keybindings](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/getstarted/keybindings#_customizing-shortcuts) - * for your extension. - * - * Commands from other extensions and from the editor itself are accessible to an extension. However, - * when invoking an editor command not all argument types are supported. - * - * This is a sample that registers a command handler and adds an entry for that command to the palette. First - * register a command handler with the identifier `extension.sayHello`. - * ```javascript - * commands.registerCommand('extension.sayHello', () => { - * window.showInformationMessage('Hello World!'); - * }); - * ``` - * Second, bind the command identifier to a title under which it will show in the palette (`package.json`). - * ```json - * { - * "contributes": { - * "commands": [{ - * "command": "extension.sayHello", - * "title": "Hello World" - * }] - * } - * } - * ``` - */ - export namespace commands { - - /** - * Registers a command that can be invoked via a keyboard shortcut, - * a menu item, an action, or directly. - * - * Registering a command with an existing command identifier twice - * will cause an error. - * - * @param command A unique identifier for the command. - * @param callback A command handler function. - * @param thisArg The `this` context used when invoking the handler function. - * @return Disposable which unregisters this command on disposal. - */ - export function registerCommand(command: string, callback: (...args: any[]) => any, thisArg?: any): Disposable; - - /** - * Registers a text editor command that can be invoked via a keyboard shortcut, - * a menu item, an action, or directly. - * - * Text editor commands are different from ordinary [commands](#commands.registerCommand) as - * they only execute when there is an active editor when the command is called. Also, the - * command handler of an editor command has access to the active editor and to an - * [edit](#TextEditorEdit)-builder. Note that the edit-builder is only valid while the - * callback executes. - * - * @param command A unique identifier for the command. - * @param callback A command handler function with access to an [editor](#TextEditor) and an [edit](#TextEditorEdit). - * @param thisArg The `this` context used when invoking the handler function. - * @return Disposable which unregisters this command on disposal. - */ - export function registerTextEditorCommand(command: string, callback: (textEditor: TextEditor, edit: TextEditorEdit, ...args: any[]) => void, thisArg?: any): Disposable; - - /** - * Executes the command denoted by the given command identifier. - * - * * *Note 1:* When executing an editor command not all types are allowed to - * be passed as arguments. Allowed are the primitive types `string`, `boolean`, - * `number`, `undefined`, and `null`, as well as [`Position`](#Position), [`Range`](#Range), [`Uri`](#Uri) and [`Location`](#Location). - * * *Note 2:* There are no restrictions when executing commands that have been contributed - * by extensions. - * - * @param command Identifier of the command to execute. - * @param rest Parameters passed to the command function. - * @return A thenable that resolves to the returned value of the given command. `undefined` when - * the command handler function doesn't return anything. - */ - export function executeCommand(command: string, ...rest: any[]): Thenable; - - /** - * Retrieve the list of all available commands. Commands starting with an underscore are - * treated as internal commands. - * - * @param filterInternal Set `true` to not see internal commands (starting with an underscore) - * @return Thenable that resolves to a list of command ids. - */ - export function getCommands(filterInternal?: boolean): Thenable; - } - - /** - * Represents the state of a window. - */ - export interface WindowState { - - /** - * Whether the current window is focused. - */ - readonly focused: boolean; - } - - /** - * A uri handler is responsible for handling system-wide [uris](#Uri). - * - * @see [window.registerUriHandler](#window.registerUriHandler). - */ - export interface UriHandler { - - /** - * Handle the provided system-wide [uri](#Uri). - * - * @see [window.registerUriHandler](#window.registerUriHandler). - */ - handleUri(uri: Uri): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * Namespace for dealing with the current window of the editor. That is visible - * and active editors, as well as, UI elements to show messages, selections, and - * asking for user input. - */ - export namespace window { - - /** - * The currently active editor or `undefined`. The active editor is the one - * that currently has focus or, when none has focus, the one that has changed - * input most recently. - */ - export let activeTextEditor: TextEditor | undefined; - - /** - * The currently visible editors or an empty array. - */ - export let visibleTextEditors: TextEditor[]; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when the [active editor](#window.activeTextEditor) - * has changed. *Note* that the event also fires when the active editor changes - * to `undefined`. - */ - export const onDidChangeActiveTextEditor: Event; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when the array of [visible editors](#window.visibleTextEditors) - * has changed. - */ - export const onDidChangeVisibleTextEditors: Event; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when the selection in an editor has changed. - */ - export const onDidChangeTextEditorSelection: Event; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when the visible ranges of an editor has changed. - */ - export const onDidChangeTextEditorVisibleRanges: Event; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when the options of an editor have changed. - */ - export const onDidChangeTextEditorOptions: Event; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when the view column of an editor has changed. - */ - export const onDidChangeTextEditorViewColumn: Event; - - /** - * The currently opened terminals or an empty array. - */ - export const terminals: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * The currently active terminal or `undefined`. The active terminal is the one that - * currently has focus or most recently had focus. - */ - export const activeTerminal: Terminal | undefined; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when the [active terminal](#window.activeTerminal) - * has changed. *Note* that the event also fires when the active terminal changes - * to `undefined`. - */ - export const onDidChangeActiveTerminal: Event; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when a terminal has been created, either through the - * [createTerminal](#window.createTerminal) API or commands. - */ - export const onDidOpenTerminal: Event; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when a terminal is disposed. - */ - export const onDidCloseTerminal: Event; - - /** - * Represents the current window's state. - */ - export const state: WindowState; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when the focus state of the current window - * changes. The value of the event represents whether the window is focused. - */ - export const onDidChangeWindowState: Event; - - /** - * Show the given document in a text editor. A [column](#ViewColumn) can be provided - * to control where the editor is being shown. Might change the [active editor](#window.activeTextEditor). - * - * @param document A text document to be shown. - * @param column A view column in which the [editor](#TextEditor) should be shown. The default is the [active](#ViewColumn.Active), other values - * are adjusted to be `Min(column, columnCount + 1)`, the [active](#ViewColumn.Active)-column is not adjusted. Use [`ViewColumn.Beside`](#ViewColumn.Beside) - * to open the editor to the side of the currently active one. - * @param preserveFocus When `true` the editor will not take focus. - * @return A promise that resolves to an [editor](#TextEditor). - */ - export function showTextDocument(document: TextDocument, column?: ViewColumn, preserveFocus?: boolean): Thenable; - - /** - * Show the given document in a text editor. [Options](#TextDocumentShowOptions) can be provided - * to control options of the editor is being shown. Might change the [active editor](#window.activeTextEditor). - * - * @param document A text document to be shown. - * @param options [Editor options](#TextDocumentShowOptions) to configure the behavior of showing the [editor](#TextEditor). - * @return A promise that resolves to an [editor](#TextEditor). - */ - export function showTextDocument(document: TextDocument, options?: TextDocumentShowOptions): Thenable; - - /** - * A short-hand for `openTextDocument(uri).then(document => showTextDocument(document, options))`. - * - * @see [openTextDocument](#openTextDocument) - * - * @param uri A resource identifier. - * @param options [Editor options](#TextDocumentShowOptions) to configure the behavior of showing the [editor](#TextEditor). - * @return A promise that resolves to an [editor](#TextEditor). - */ - export function showTextDocument(uri: Uri, options?: TextDocumentShowOptions): Thenable; - - /** - * Create a TextEditorDecorationType that can be used to add decorations to text editors. - * - * @param options Rendering options for the decoration type. - * @return A new decoration type instance. - */ - export function createTextEditorDecorationType(options: DecorationRenderOptions): TextEditorDecorationType; - - /** - * Show an information message to users. Optionally provide an array of items which will be presented as - * clickable buttons. - * - * @param message The message to show. - * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. - * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed. - */ - export function showInformationMessage(message: string, ...items: string[]): Thenable; - - /** - * Show an information message to users. Optionally provide an array of items which will be presented as - * clickable buttons. - * - * @param message The message to show. - * @param options Configures the behaviour of the message. - * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. - * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed. - */ - export function showInformationMessage(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: string[]): Thenable; - - /** - * Show an information message. - * - * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage) - * - * @param message The message to show. - * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. - * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed. - */ - export function showInformationMessage(message: string, ...items: T[]): Thenable; - - /** - * Show an information message. - * - * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage) - * - * @param message The message to show. - * @param options Configures the behaviour of the message. - * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. - * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed. - */ - export function showInformationMessage(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: T[]): Thenable; - - /** - * Show a warning message. - * - * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage) - * - * @param message The message to show. - * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. - * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed. - */ - export function showWarningMessage(message: string, ...items: string[]): Thenable; - - /** - * Show a warning message. - * - * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage) - * - * @param message The message to show. - * @param options Configures the behaviour of the message. - * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. - * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed. - */ - export function showWarningMessage(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: string[]): Thenable; - - /** - * Show a warning message. - * - * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage) - * - * @param message The message to show. - * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. - * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed. - */ - export function showWarningMessage(message: string, ...items: T[]): Thenable; - - /** - * Show a warning message. - * - * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage) - * - * @param message The message to show. - * @param options Configures the behaviour of the message. - * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. - * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed. - */ - export function showWarningMessage(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: T[]): Thenable; - - /** - * Show an error message. - * - * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage) - * - * @param message The message to show. - * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. - * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed. - */ - export function showErrorMessage(message: string, ...items: string[]): Thenable; - - /** - * Show an error message. - * - * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage) - * - * @param message The message to show. - * @param options Configures the behaviour of the message. - * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. - * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed. - */ - export function showErrorMessage(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: string[]): Thenable; - - /** - * Show an error message. - * - * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage) - * - * @param message The message to show. - * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. - * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed. - */ - export function showErrorMessage(message: string, ...items: T[]): Thenable; - - /** - * Show an error message. - * - * @see [showInformationMessage](#window.showInformationMessage) - * - * @param message The message to show. - * @param options Configures the behaviour of the message. - * @param items A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. - * @return A thenable that resolves to the selected item or `undefined` when being dismissed. - */ - export function showErrorMessage(message: string, options: MessageOptions, ...items: T[]): Thenable; - - /** - * Shows a selection list allowing multiple selections. - * - * @param items An array of strings, or a promise that resolves to an array of strings. - * @param options Configures the behavior of the selection list. - * @param token A token that can be used to signal cancellation. - * @return A promise that resolves to the selected items or `undefined`. - */ - export function showQuickPick(items: string[] | Thenable, options: QuickPickOptions & { canPickMany: true; }, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable; - - /** - * Shows a selection list. - * - * @param items An array of strings, or a promise that resolves to an array of strings. - * @param options Configures the behavior of the selection list. - * @param token A token that can be used to signal cancellation. - * @return A promise that resolves to the selection or `undefined`. - */ - export function showQuickPick(items: string[] | Thenable, options?: QuickPickOptions, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable; - - /** - * Shows a selection list allowing multiple selections. - * - * @param items An array of items, or a promise that resolves to an array of items. - * @param options Configures the behavior of the selection list. - * @param token A token that can be used to signal cancellation. - * @return A promise that resolves to the selected items or `undefined`. - */ - export function showQuickPick(items: T[] | Thenable, options: QuickPickOptions & { canPickMany: true; }, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable; - - /** - * Shows a selection list. - * - * @param items An array of items, or a promise that resolves to an array of items. - * @param options Configures the behavior of the selection list. - * @param token A token that can be used to signal cancellation. - * @return A promise that resolves to the selected item or `undefined`. - */ - export function showQuickPick(items: T[] | Thenable, options?: QuickPickOptions, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable; - - /** - * Shows a selection list of [workspace folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders) to pick from. - * Returns `undefined` if no folder is open. - * - * @param options Configures the behavior of the workspace folder list. - * @return A promise that resolves to the workspace folder or `undefined`. - */ - export function showWorkspaceFolderPick(options?: WorkspaceFolderPickOptions): Thenable; - - /** - * Shows a file open dialog to the user which allows to select a file - * for opening-purposes. - * - * @param options Options that control the dialog. - * @returns A promise that resolves to the selected resources or `undefined`. - */ - export function showOpenDialog(options?: OpenDialogOptions): Thenable; - - /** - * Shows a file save dialog to the user which allows to select a file - * for saving-purposes. - * - * @param options Options that control the dialog. - * @returns A promise that resolves to the selected resource or `undefined`. - */ - export function showSaveDialog(options?: SaveDialogOptions): Thenable; - - /** - * Opens an input box to ask the user for input. - * - * The returned value will be `undefined` if the input box was canceled (e.g. pressing ESC). Otherwise the - * returned value will be the string typed by the user or an empty string if the user did not type - * anything but dismissed the input box with OK. - * - * @param options Configures the behavior of the input box. - * @param token A token that can be used to signal cancellation. - * @return A promise that resolves to a string the user provided or to `undefined` in case of dismissal. - */ - export function showInputBox(options?: InputBoxOptions, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable; - - /** - * Creates a [QuickPick](#QuickPick) to let the user pick an item from a list - * of items of type T. - * - * Note that in many cases the more convenient [window.showQuickPick](#window.showQuickPick) - * is easier to use. [window.createQuickPick](#window.createQuickPick) should be used - * when [window.showQuickPick](#window.showQuickPick) does not offer the required flexibility. - * - * @return A new [QuickPick](#QuickPick). - */ - export function createQuickPick(): QuickPick; - - /** - * Creates a [InputBox](#InputBox) to let the user enter some text input. - * - * Note that in many cases the more convenient [window.showInputBox](#window.showInputBox) - * is easier to use. [window.createInputBox](#window.createInputBox) should be used - * when [window.showInputBox](#window.showInputBox) does not offer the required flexibility. - * - * @return A new [InputBox](#InputBox). - */ - export function createInputBox(): InputBox; - - /** - * Creates a new [output channel](#OutputChannel) with the given name. - * - * @param name Human-readable string which will be used to represent the channel in the UI. - */ - export function createOutputChannel(name: string): OutputChannel; - - /** - * Create and show a new webview panel. - * - * @param viewType Identifies the type of the webview panel. - * @param title Title of the panel. - * @param showOptions Where to show the webview in the editor. If preserveFocus is set, the new webview will not take focus. - * @param options Settings for the new panel. - * - * @return New webview panel. - */ - export function createWebviewPanel(viewType: string, title: string, showOptions: ViewColumn | { viewColumn: ViewColumn, preserveFocus?: boolean }, options?: WebviewPanelOptions & WebviewOptions): WebviewPanel; - - /** - * Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerful - * status bar [items](#window.createStatusBarItem). - * - * @param text The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status bar [items](#StatusBarItem.text). - * @param hideAfterTimeout Timeout in milliseconds after which the message will be disposed. - * @return A disposable which hides the status bar message. - */ - export function setStatusBarMessage(text: string, hideAfterTimeout: number): Disposable; - - /** - * Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerful - * status bar [items](#window.createStatusBarItem). - * - * @param text The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status bar [items](#StatusBarItem.text). - * @param hideWhenDone Thenable on which completion (resolve or reject) the message will be disposed. - * @return A disposable which hides the status bar message. - */ - export function setStatusBarMessage(text: string, hideWhenDone: Thenable): Disposable; - - /** - * Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerful - * status bar [items](#window.createStatusBarItem). - * - * *Note* that status bar messages stack and that they must be disposed when no - * longer used. - * - * @param text The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status bar [items](#StatusBarItem.text). - * @return A disposable which hides the status bar message. - */ - export function setStatusBarMessage(text: string): Disposable; - - /** - * Show progress in the Source Control viewlet while running the given callback and while - * its returned promise isn't resolve or rejected. - * - * @deprecated Use `withProgress` instead. - * - * @param task A callback returning a promise. Progress increments can be reported with - * the provided [progress](#Progress)-object. - * @return The thenable the task did return. - */ - export function withScmProgress(task: (progress: Progress) => Thenable): Thenable; - - /** - * Show progress in the editor. Progress is shown while running the given callback - * and while the promise it returned isn't resolved nor rejected. The location at which - * progress should show (and other details) is defined via the passed [`ProgressOptions`](#ProgressOptions). - * - * @param task A callback returning a promise. Progress state can be reported with - * the provided [progress](#Progress)-object. - * - * To report discrete progress, use `increment` to indicate how much work has been completed. Each call with - * a `increment` value will be summed up and reflected as overall progress until 100% is reached (a value of - * e.g. `10` accounts for `10%` of work done). - * Note that currently only `ProgressLocation.Notification` is capable of showing discrete progress. - * - * To monitor if the operation has been cancelled by the user, use the provided [`CancellationToken`](#CancellationToken). - * Note that currently only `ProgressLocation.Notification` is supporting to show a cancel button to cancel the - * long running operation. - * - * @return The thenable the task-callback returned. - */ - export function withProgress(options: ProgressOptions, task: (progress: Progress<{ message?: string; increment?: number }>, token: CancellationToken) => Thenable): Thenable; - - /** - * Creates a status bar [item](#StatusBarItem). - * - * @param alignment The alignment of the item. - * @param priority The priority of the item. Higher values mean the item should be shown more to the left. - * @return A new status bar item. - */ - export function createStatusBarItem(alignment?: StatusBarAlignment, priority?: number): StatusBarItem; - - /** - * Creates a [Terminal](#Terminal) with a backing shell process. The cwd of the terminal will be the workspace - * directory if it exists. - * - * @param name Optional human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI. - * @param shellPath Optional path to a custom shell executable to be used in the terminal. - * @param shellArgs Optional args for the custom shell executable. A string can be used on Windows only which - * allows specifying shell args in - * [command-line format](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-au/08dfcab2-eb6e-49a4-80eb-87d4076c98c6). - * @return A new Terminal. - * @throws When running in an environment where a new process cannot be started. - */ - export function createTerminal(name?: string, shellPath?: string, shellArgs?: string[] | string): Terminal; - - /** - * Creates a [Terminal](#Terminal) with a backing shell process. - * - * @param options A TerminalOptions object describing the characteristics of the new terminal. - * @return A new Terminal. - * @throws When running in an environment where a new process cannot be started. - */ - export function createTerminal(options: TerminalOptions): Terminal; - - /** - * Creates a [Terminal](#Terminal) where an extension controls its input and output. - * - * @param options An [ExtensionTerminalOptions](#ExtensionTerminalOptions) object describing - * the characteristics of the new terminal. - * @return A new Terminal. - */ - export function createTerminal(options: ExtensionTerminalOptions): Terminal; - - /** - * Register a [TreeDataProvider](#TreeDataProvider) for the view contributed using the extension point `views`. - * This will allow you to contribute data to the [TreeView](#TreeView) and update if the data changes. - * - * **Note:** To get access to the [TreeView](#TreeView) and perform operations on it, use [createTreeView](#window.createTreeView). - * - * @param viewId Id of the view contributed using the extension point `views`. - * @param treeDataProvider A [TreeDataProvider](#TreeDataProvider) that provides tree data for the view - */ - export function registerTreeDataProvider(viewId: string, treeDataProvider: TreeDataProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Create a [TreeView](#TreeView) for the view contributed using the extension point `views`. - * @param viewId Id of the view contributed using the extension point `views`. - * @param options Options for creating the [TreeView](#TreeView) - * @returns a [TreeView](#TreeView). - */ - export function createTreeView(viewId: string, options: TreeViewOptions): TreeView; - - /** - * Registers a [uri handler](#UriHandler) capable of handling system-wide [uris](#Uri). - * In case there are multiple windows open, the topmost window will handle the uri. - * A uri handler is scoped to the extension it is contributed from; it will only - * be able to handle uris which are directed to the extension itself. A uri must respect - * the following rules: - * - * - The uri-scheme must be `vscode.env.uriScheme`; - * - The uri-authority must be the extension id (e.g. `my.extension`); - * - The uri-path, -query and -fragment parts are arbitrary. - * - * For example, if the `my.extension` extension registers a uri handler, it will only - * be allowed to handle uris with the prefix `product-name://my.extension`. - * - * An extension can only register a single uri handler in its entire activation lifetime. - * - * * *Note:* There is an activation event `onUri` that fires when a uri directed for - * the current extension is about to be handled. - * - * @param handler The uri handler to register for this extension. - */ - export function registerUriHandler(handler: UriHandler): Disposable; - - /** - * Registers a webview panel serializer. - * - * Extensions that support reviving should have an `"onWebviewPanel:viewType"` activation event and - * make sure that [registerWebviewPanelSerializer](#registerWebviewPanelSerializer) is called during activation. - * - * Only a single serializer may be registered at a time for a given `viewType`. - * - * @param viewType Type of the webview panel that can be serialized. - * @param serializer Webview serializer. - */ - export function registerWebviewPanelSerializer(viewType: string, serializer: WebviewPanelSerializer): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a new provider for webview views. - * - * @param viewId Unique id of the view. This should match the `id` from the - * `views` contribution in the package.json. - * @param provider Provider for the webview views. - * - * @return Disposable that unregisters the provider. - */ - export function registerWebviewViewProvider(viewId: string, provider: WebviewViewProvider, options?: { - /** - * Content settings for the webview created for this view. - */ - readonly webviewOptions?: { - /** - * Controls if the webview element itself (iframe) is kept around even when the view - * is no longer visible. - * - * Normally the webview's html context is created when the view becomes visible - * and destroyed when it is hidden. Extensions that have complex state - * or UI can set the `retainContextWhenHidden` to make VS Code keep the webview - * context around, even when the webview moves to a background tab. When a webview using - * `retainContextWhenHidden` becomes hidden, its scripts and other dynamic content are suspended. - * When the view becomes visible again, the context is automatically restored - * in the exact same state it was in originally. You cannot send messages to a - * hidden webview, even with `retainContextWhenHidden` enabled. - * - * `retainContextWhenHidden` has a high memory overhead and should only be used if - * your view's context cannot be quickly saved and restored. - */ - readonly retainContextWhenHidden?: boolean; - }; - }): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a provider for custom editors for the `viewType` contributed by the `customEditors` extension point. - * - * When a custom editor is opened, VS Code fires an `onCustomEditor:viewType` activation event. Your extension - * must register a [`CustomTextEditorProvider`](#CustomTextEditorProvider), [`CustomReadonlyEditorProvider`](#CustomReadonlyEditorProvider), - * [`CustomEditorProvider`](#CustomEditorProvider)for `viewType` as part of activation. - * - * @param viewType Unique identifier for the custom editor provider. This should match the `viewType` from the - * `customEditors` contribution point. - * @param provider Provider that resolves custom editors. - * @param options Options for the provider. - * - * @return Disposable that unregisters the provider. - */ - export function registerCustomEditorProvider(viewType: string, provider: CustomTextEditorProvider | CustomReadonlyEditorProvider | CustomEditorProvider, options?: { - /** - * Content settings for the webview panels created for this custom editor. - */ - readonly webviewOptions?: WebviewPanelOptions; - - /** - * Only applies to `CustomReadonlyEditorProvider | CustomEditorProvider`. - * - * Indicates that the provider allows multiple editor instances to be open at the same time for - * the same resource. - * - * By default, VS Code only allows one editor instance to be open at a time for each resource. If the - * user tries to open a second editor instance for the resource, the first one is instead moved to where - * the second one was to be opened. - * - * When `supportsMultipleEditorsPerDocument` is enabled, users can split and create copies of the custom - * editor. In this case, the custom editor must make sure it can properly synchronize the states of all - * editor instances for a resource so that they are consistent. - */ - readonly supportsMultipleEditorsPerDocument?: boolean; - }): Disposable; - - /** - * Register provider that enables the detection and handling of links within the terminal. - * @param provider The provider that provides the terminal links. - * @return Disposable that unregisters the provider. - */ - export function registerTerminalLinkProvider(provider: TerminalLinkProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * The currently active color theme as configured in the settings. The active - * theme can be changed via the `workbench.colorTheme` setting. - */ - export let activeColorTheme: ColorTheme; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when the active color theme is changed or has changes. - */ - export const onDidChangeActiveColorTheme: Event; - } - - /** - * Options for creating a [TreeView](#TreeView) - */ - export interface TreeViewOptions { - - /** - * A data provider that provides tree data. - */ - treeDataProvider: TreeDataProvider; - - /** - * Whether to show collapse all action or not. - */ - showCollapseAll?: boolean; - - /** - * Whether the tree supports multi-select. When the tree supports multi-select and a command is executed from the tree, - * the first argument to the command is the tree item that the command was executed on and the second argument is an - * array containing all selected tree items. - */ - canSelectMany?: boolean; - } - - /** - * The event that is fired when an element in the [TreeView](#TreeView) is expanded or collapsed - */ - export interface TreeViewExpansionEvent { - - /** - * Element that is expanded or collapsed. - */ - readonly element: T; - - } - - /** - * The event that is fired when there is a change in [tree view's selection](#TreeView.selection) - */ - export interface TreeViewSelectionChangeEvent { - - /** - * Selected elements. - */ - readonly selection: T[]; - - } - - /** - * The event that is fired when there is a change in [tree view's visibility](#TreeView.visible) - */ - export interface TreeViewVisibilityChangeEvent { - - /** - * `true` if the [tree view](#TreeView) is visible otherwise `false`. - */ - readonly visible: boolean; - - } - - /** - * Represents a Tree view - */ - export interface TreeView extends Disposable { - - /** - * Event that is fired when an element is expanded - */ - readonly onDidExpandElement: Event>; - - /** - * Event that is fired when an element is collapsed - */ - readonly onDidCollapseElement: Event>; - - /** - * Currently selected elements. - */ - readonly selection: T[]; - - /** - * Event that is fired when the [selection](#TreeView.selection) has changed - */ - readonly onDidChangeSelection: Event>; - - /** - * `true` if the [tree view](#TreeView) is visible otherwise `false`. - */ - readonly visible: boolean; - - /** - * Event that is fired when [visibility](#TreeView.visible) has changed - */ - readonly onDidChangeVisibility: Event; - - /** - * An optional human-readable message that will be rendered in the view. - * Setting the message to null, undefined, or empty string will remove the message from the view. - */ - message?: string; - - /** - * The tree view title is initially taken from the extension package.json - * Changes to the title property will be properly reflected in the UI in the title of the view. - */ - title?: string; - - /** - * An optional human-readable description which is rendered less prominently in the title of the view. - * Setting the title description to null, undefined, or empty string will remove the description from the view. - */ - description?: string; - - /** - * Reveals the given element in the tree view. - * If the tree view is not visible then the tree view is shown and element is revealed. - * - * By default revealed element is selected. - * In order to not to select, set the option `select` to `false`. - * In order to focus, set the option `focus` to `true`. - * In order to expand the revealed element, set the option `expand` to `true`. To expand recursively set `expand` to the number of levels to expand. - * **NOTE:** You can expand only to 3 levels maximum. - * - * **NOTE:** The [TreeDataProvider](#TreeDataProvider) that the `TreeView` [is registered with](#window.createTreeView) with must implement [getParent](#TreeDataProvider.getParent) method to access this API. - */ - reveal(element: T, options?: { select?: boolean, focus?: boolean, expand?: boolean | number }): Thenable; - } - - /** - * A data provider that provides tree data - */ - export interface TreeDataProvider { - /** - * An optional event to signal that an element or root has changed. - * This will trigger the view to update the changed element/root and its children recursively (if shown). - * To signal that root has changed, do not pass any argument or pass `undefined` or `null`. - */ - onDidChangeTreeData?: Event; - - /** - * Get [TreeItem](#TreeItem) representation of the `element` - * - * @param element The element for which [TreeItem](#TreeItem) representation is asked for. - * @return [TreeItem](#TreeItem) representation of the element - */ - getTreeItem(element: T): TreeItem | Thenable; - - /** - * Get the children of `element` or root if no element is passed. - * - * @param element The element from which the provider gets children. Can be `undefined`. - * @return Children of `element` or root if no element is passed. - */ - getChildren(element?: T): ProviderResult; - - /** - * Optional method to return the parent of `element`. - * Return `null` or `undefined` if `element` is a child of root. - * - * **NOTE:** This method should be implemented in order to access [reveal](#TreeView.reveal) API. - * - * @param element The element for which the parent has to be returned. - * @return Parent of `element`. - */ - getParent?(element: T): ProviderResult; - } - - export class TreeItem { - /** - * A human-readable string describing this item. When `falsy`, it is derived from [resourceUri](#TreeItem.resourceUri). - */ - label?: string; - - /** - * Optional id for the tree item that has to be unique across tree. The id is used to preserve the selection and expansion state of the tree item. - * - * If not provided, an id is generated using the tree item's label. **Note** that when labels change, ids will change and that selection and expansion state cannot be kept stable anymore. - */ - id?: string; - - /** - * The icon path or [ThemeIcon](#ThemeIcon) for the tree item. - * When `falsy`, [Folder Theme Icon](#ThemeIcon.Folder) is assigned, if item is collapsible otherwise [File Theme Icon](#ThemeIcon.File). - * When a file or folder [ThemeIcon](#ThemeIcon) is specified, icon is derived from the current file icon theme for the specified theme icon using [resourceUri](#TreeItem.resourceUri) (if provided). - */ - iconPath?: string | Uri | { light: string | Uri; dark: string | Uri } | ThemeIcon; - - /** - * A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent. - * When `true`, it is derived from [resourceUri](#TreeItem.resourceUri) and when `falsy`, it is not shown. - */ - description?: string | boolean; - - /** - * The [uri](#Uri) of the resource representing this item. - * - * Will be used to derive the [label](#TreeItem.label), when it is not provided. - * Will be used to derive the icon from current file icon theme, when [iconPath](#TreeItem.iconPath) has [ThemeIcon](#ThemeIcon) value. - */ - resourceUri?: Uri; - - /** - * The tooltip text when you hover over this item. - */ - tooltip?: string | undefined; - - /** - * The [command](#Command) that should be executed when the tree item is selected. - */ - command?: Command; - - /** - * [TreeItemCollapsibleState](#TreeItemCollapsibleState) of the tree item. - */ - collapsibleState?: TreeItemCollapsibleState; - - /** - * Context value of the tree item. This can be used to contribute item specific actions in the tree. - * For example, a tree item is given a context value as `folder`. When contributing actions to `view/item/context` - * using `menus` extension point, you can specify context value for key `viewItem` in `when` expression like `viewItem == folder`. - * ``` - * "contributes": { - * "menus": { - * "view/item/context": [ - * { - * "command": "extension.deleteFolder", - * "when": "viewItem == folder" - * } - * ] - * } - * } - * ``` - * This will show action `extension.deleteFolder` only for items with `contextValue` is `folder`. - */ - contextValue?: string; - - /** - * Accessibility information used when screen reader interacts with this tree item. - * Generally, a TreeItem has no need to set the `role` of the accessibilityInformation; - * however, there are cases where a TreeItem is not displayed in a tree-like way where setting the `role` may make sense. - */ - accessibilityInformation?: AccessibilityInformation; - - /** - * @param label A human-readable string describing this item - * @param collapsibleState [TreeItemCollapsibleState](#TreeItemCollapsibleState) of the tree item. Default is [TreeItemCollapsibleState.None](#TreeItemCollapsibleState.None) - */ - constructor(label: string, collapsibleState?: TreeItemCollapsibleState); - - /** - * @param resourceUri The [uri](#Uri) of the resource representing this item. - * @param collapsibleState [TreeItemCollapsibleState](#TreeItemCollapsibleState) of the tree item. Default is [TreeItemCollapsibleState.None](#TreeItemCollapsibleState.None) - */ - constructor(resourceUri: Uri, collapsibleState?: TreeItemCollapsibleState); - } - - /** - * Collapsible state of the tree item - */ - export enum TreeItemCollapsibleState { - /** - * Determines an item can be neither collapsed nor expanded. Implies it has no children. - */ - None = 0, - /** - * Determines an item is collapsed - */ - Collapsed = 1, - /** - * Determines an item is expanded - */ - Expanded = 2 - } - - /** - * Value-object describing what options a terminal should use. - */ - export interface TerminalOptions { - /** - * A human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI. - */ - name?: string; - - /** - * A path to a custom shell executable to be used in the terminal. - */ - shellPath?: string; - - /** - * Args for the custom shell executable. A string can be used on Windows only which allows - * specifying shell args in [command-line format](https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-au/08dfcab2-eb6e-49a4-80eb-87d4076c98c6). - */ - shellArgs?: string[] | string; - - /** - * A path or Uri for the current working directory to be used for the terminal. - */ - cwd?: string | Uri; - - /** - * Object with environment variables that will be added to the VS Code process. - */ - env?: { [key: string]: string | null }; - - /** - * Whether the terminal process environment should be exactly as provided in - * `TerminalOptions.env`. When this is false (default), the environment will be based on the - * window's environment and also apply configured platform settings like - * `terminal.integrated.windows.env` on top. When this is true, the complete environment - * must be provided as nothing will be inherited from the process or any configuration. - */ - strictEnv?: boolean; - - /** - * When enabled the terminal will run the process as normal but not be surfaced to the user - * until `Terminal.show` is called. The typical usage for this is when you need to run - * something that may need interactivity but only want to tell the user about it when - * interaction is needed. Note that the terminals will still be exposed to all extensions - * as normal. - */ - hideFromUser?: boolean; - } - - /** - * Value-object describing what options a virtual process terminal should use. - */ - export interface ExtensionTerminalOptions { - /** - * A human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI. - */ - name: string; - - /** - * An implementation of [Pseudoterminal](#Pseudoterminal) that allows an extension to - * control a terminal. - */ - pty: Pseudoterminal; - } - - /** - * Defines the interface of a terminal pty, enabling extensions to control a terminal. - */ - interface Pseudoterminal { - /** - * An event that when fired will write data to the terminal. Unlike - * [Terminal.sendText](#Terminal.sendText) which sends text to the underlying child - * pseudo-device (the child), this will write the text to parent pseudo-device (the - * _terminal_ itself). - * - * Note writing `\n` will just move the cursor down 1 row, you need to write `\r` as well - * to move the cursor to the left-most cell. - * - * **Example:** Write red text to the terminal - * ```typescript - * const writeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter(); - * const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = { - * onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event, - * open: () => writeEmitter.fire('\x1b[31mHello world\x1b[0m'), - * close: () => {} - * }; - * vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'My terminal', pty }); - * ``` - * - * **Example:** Move the cursor to the 10th row and 20th column and write an asterisk - * ```typescript - * writeEmitter.fire('\x1b[10;20H*'); - * ``` - */ - onDidWrite: Event; - - /** - * An event that when fired allows overriding the [dimensions](#Pseudoterminal.setDimensions) of the - * terminal. Note that when set, the overridden dimensions will only take effect when they - * are lower than the actual dimensions of the terminal (ie. there will never be a scroll - * bar). Set to `undefined` for the terminal to go back to the regular dimensions (fit to - * the size of the panel). - * - * **Example:** Override the dimensions of a terminal to 20 columns and 10 rows - * ```typescript - * const dimensionsEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter(); - * const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = { - * onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event, - * onDidOverrideDimensions: dimensionsEmitter.event, - * open: () => { - * dimensionsEmitter.fire({ - * columns: 20, - * rows: 10 - * }); - * }, - * close: () => {} - * }; - * vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'My terminal', pty }); - * ``` - */ - onDidOverrideDimensions?: Event; - - /** - * An event that when fired will signal that the pty is closed and dispose of the terminal. - * - * A number can be used to provide an exit code for the terminal. Exit codes must be - * positive and a non-zero exit codes signals failure which shows a notification for a - * regular terminal and allows dependent tasks to proceed when used with the - * `CustomExecution` API. - * - * **Example:** Exit the terminal when "y" is pressed, otherwise show a notification. - * ```typescript - * const writeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter(); - * const closeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter(); - * const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = { - * onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event, - * onDidClose: closeEmitter.event, - * open: () => writeEmitter.fire('Press y to exit successfully'), - * close: () => {}, - * handleInput: data => { - * if (data !== 'y') { - * vscode.window.showInformationMessage('Something went wrong'); - * } - * closeEmitter.fire(); - * } - * }; - * vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'Exit example', pty }); - * ``` - */ - onDidClose?: Event; - - /** - * Implement to handle when the pty is open and ready to start firing events. - * - * @param initialDimensions The dimensions of the terminal, this will be undefined if the - * terminal panel has not been opened before this is called. - */ - open(initialDimensions: TerminalDimensions | undefined): void; - - /** - * Implement to handle when the terminal is closed by an act of the user. - */ - close(): void; - - /** - * Implement to handle incoming keystrokes in the terminal or when an extension calls - * [Terminal.sendText](#Terminal.sendText). `data` contains the keystrokes/text serialized into - * their corresponding VT sequence representation. - * - * @param data The incoming data. - * - * **Example:** Echo input in the terminal. The sequence for enter (`\r`) is translated to - * CRLF to go to a new line and move the cursor to the start of the line. - * ```typescript - * const writeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter(); - * const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = { - * onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event, - * open: () => {}, - * close: () => {}, - * handleInput: data => writeEmitter.fire(data === '\r' ? '\r\n' : data) - * }; - * vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'Local echo', pty }); - * ``` - */ - handleInput?(data: string): void; - - /** - * Implement to handle when the number of rows and columns that fit into the terminal panel - * changes, for example when font size changes or when the panel is resized. The initial - * state of a terminal's dimensions should be treated as `undefined` until this is triggered - * as the size of a terminal isn't know until it shows up in the user interface. - * - * When dimensions are overridden by - * [onDidOverrideDimensions](#Pseudoterminal.onDidOverrideDimensions), `setDimensions` will - * continue to be called with the regular panel dimensions, allowing the extension continue - * to react dimension changes. - * - * @param dimensions The new dimensions. - */ - setDimensions?(dimensions: TerminalDimensions): void; - } - - /** - * Represents the dimensions of a terminal. - */ - export interface TerminalDimensions { - /** - * The number of columns in the terminal. - */ - readonly columns: number; - - /** - * The number of rows in the terminal. - */ - readonly rows: number; - } - - /** - * Represents how a terminal exited. - */ - export interface TerminalExitStatus { - /** - * The exit code that a terminal exited with, it can have the following values: - * - Zero: the terminal process or custom execution succeeded. - * - Non-zero: the terminal process or custom execution failed. - * - `undefined`: the user forcibly closed the terminal or a custom execution exited - * without providing an exit code. - */ - readonly code: number | undefined; - } - - /** - * A type of mutation that can be applied to an environment variable. - */ - export enum EnvironmentVariableMutatorType { - /** - * Replace the variable's existing value. - */ - Replace = 1, - /** - * Append to the end of the variable's existing value. - */ - Append = 2, - /** - * Prepend to the start of the variable's existing value. - */ - Prepend = 3 - } - - /** - * A type of mutation and its value to be applied to an environment variable. - */ - export interface EnvironmentVariableMutator { - /** - * The type of mutation that will occur to the variable. - */ - readonly type: EnvironmentVariableMutatorType; - - /** - * The value to use for the variable. - */ - readonly value: string; - } - - /** - * A collection of mutations that an extension can apply to a process environment. - */ - export interface EnvironmentVariableCollection { - /** - * Whether the collection should be cached for the workspace and applied to the terminal - * across window reloads. When true the collection will be active immediately such when the - * window reloads. Additionally, this API will return the cached version if it exists. The - * collection will be invalidated when the extension is uninstalled or when the collection - * is cleared. Defaults to true. - */ - persistent: boolean; - - /** - * Replace an environment variable with a value. - * - * Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will - * overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend. - * - * @param variable The variable to replace. - * @param value The value to replace the variable with. - */ - replace(variable: string, value: string): void; - - /** - * Append a value to an environment variable. - * - * Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will - * overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend. - * - * @param variable The variable to append to. - * @param value The value to append to the variable. - */ - append(variable: string, value: string): void; - - /** - * Prepend a value to an environment variable. - * - * Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will - * overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend. - * - * @param variable The variable to prepend. - * @param value The value to prepend to the variable. - */ - prepend(variable: string, value: string): void; - - /** - * Gets the mutator that this collection applies to a variable, if any. - * - * @param variable The variable to get the mutator for. - */ - get(variable: string): EnvironmentVariableMutator | undefined; - - /** - * Iterate over each mutator in this collection. - * - * @param callback Function to execute for each entry. - * @param thisArg The `this` context used when invoking the handler function. - */ - forEach(callback: (variable: string, mutator: EnvironmentVariableMutator, collection: EnvironmentVariableCollection) => any, thisArg?: any): void; - - /** - * Deletes this collection's mutator for a variable. - * - * @param variable The variable to delete the mutator for. - */ - delete(variable: string): void; - - /** - * Clears all mutators from this collection. - */ - clear(): void; - } - - /** - * A location in the editor at which progress information can be shown. It depends on the - * location how progress is visually represented. - */ - export enum ProgressLocation { - - /** - * Show progress for the source control viewlet, as overlay for the icon and as progress bar - * inside the viewlet (when visible). Neither supports cancellation nor discrete progress. - */ - SourceControl = 1, - - /** - * Show progress in the status bar of the editor. Neither supports cancellation nor discrete progress. - */ - Window = 10, - - /** - * Show progress as notification with an optional cancel button. Supports to show infinite and discrete progress. - */ - Notification = 15 - } - - /** - * Value-object describing where and how progress should show. - */ - export interface ProgressOptions { - - /** - * The location at which progress should show. - */ - location: ProgressLocation | { viewId: string }; - - /** - * A human-readable string which will be used to describe the - * operation. - */ - title?: string; - - /** - * Controls if a cancel button should show to allow the user to - * cancel the long running operation. Note that currently only - * `ProgressLocation.Notification` is supporting to show a cancel - * button. - */ - cancellable?: boolean; - } - - /** - * A light-weight user input UI that is initially not visible. After - * configuring it through its properties the extension can make it - * visible by calling [QuickInput.show](#QuickInput.show). - * - * There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden and - * the extension will be notified through [QuickInput.onDidHide](#QuickInput.onDidHide). - * (Examples include: an explicit call to [QuickInput.hide](#QuickInput.hide), - * the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.) - * - * A user pressing Enter or some other gesture implying acceptance - * of the current state does not automatically hide this UI component. - * It is up to the extension to decide whether to accept the user's input - * and if the UI should indeed be hidden through a call to [QuickInput.hide](#QuickInput.hide). - * - * When the extension no longer needs this input UI, it should - * [QuickInput.dispose](#QuickInput.dispose) it to allow for freeing up - * any resources associated with it. - * - * See [QuickPick](#QuickPick) and [InputBox](#InputBox) for concrete UIs. - */ - export interface QuickInput { - - /** - * An optional title. - */ - title: string | undefined; - - /** - * An optional current step count. - */ - step: number | undefined; - - /** - * An optional total step count. - */ - totalSteps: number | undefined; - - /** - * If the UI should allow for user input. Defaults to true. - * - * Change this to false, e.g., while validating user input or - * loading data for the next step in user input. - */ - enabled: boolean; - - /** - * If the UI should show a progress indicator. Defaults to false. - * - * Change this to true, e.g., while loading more data or validating - * user input. - */ - busy: boolean; - - /** - * If the UI should stay open even when loosing UI focus. Defaults to false. - */ - ignoreFocusOut: boolean; - - /** - * Makes the input UI visible in its current configuration. Any other input - * UI will first fire an [QuickInput.onDidHide](#QuickInput.onDidHide) event. - */ - show(): void; - - /** - * Hides this input UI. This will also fire an [QuickInput.onDidHide](#QuickInput.onDidHide) - * event. - */ - hide(): void; - - /** - * An event signaling when this input UI is hidden. - * - * There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden and - * the extension will be notified through [QuickInput.onDidHide](#QuickInput.onDidHide). - * (Examples include: an explicit call to [QuickInput.hide](#QuickInput.hide), - * the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.) - */ - onDidHide: Event; - - /** - * Dispose of this input UI and any associated resources. If it is still - * visible, it is first hidden. After this call the input UI is no longer - * functional and no additional methods or properties on it should be - * accessed. Instead a new input UI should be created. - */ - dispose(): void; - } - - /** - * A concrete [QuickInput](#QuickInput) to let the user pick an item from a - * list of items of type T. The items can be filtered through a filter text field and - * there is an option [canSelectMany](#QuickPick.canSelectMany) to allow for - * selecting multiple items. - * - * Note that in many cases the more convenient [window.showQuickPick](#window.showQuickPick) - * is easier to use. [window.createQuickPick](#window.createQuickPick) should be used - * when [window.showQuickPick](#window.showQuickPick) does not offer the required flexibility. - */ - export interface QuickPick extends QuickInput { - - /** - * Current value of the filter text. - */ - value: string; - - /** - * Optional placeholder in the filter text. - */ - placeholder: string | undefined; - - /** - * An event signaling when the value of the filter text has changed. - */ - readonly onDidChangeValue: Event; - - /** - * An event signaling when the user indicated acceptance of the selected item(s). - */ - readonly onDidAccept: Event; - - /** - * Buttons for actions in the UI. - */ - buttons: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * An event signaling when a button was triggered. - */ - readonly onDidTriggerButton: Event; - - /** - * Items to pick from. - */ - items: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * If multiple items can be selected at the same time. Defaults to false. - */ - canSelectMany: boolean; - - /** - * If the filter text should also be matched against the description of the items. Defaults to false. - */ - matchOnDescription: boolean; - - /** - * If the filter text should also be matched against the detail of the items. Defaults to false. - */ - matchOnDetail: boolean; - - /** - * Active items. This can be read and updated by the extension. - */ - activeItems: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * An event signaling when the active items have changed. - */ - readonly onDidChangeActive: Event; - - /** - * Selected items. This can be read and updated by the extension. - */ - selectedItems: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * An event signaling when the selected items have changed. - */ - readonly onDidChangeSelection: Event; - } - - /** - * A concrete [QuickInput](#QuickInput) to let the user input a text value. - * - * Note that in many cases the more convenient [window.showInputBox](#window.showInputBox) - * is easier to use. [window.createInputBox](#window.createInputBox) should be used - * when [window.showInputBox](#window.showInputBox) does not offer the required flexibility. - */ - export interface InputBox extends QuickInput { - - /** - * Current input value. - */ - value: string; - - /** - * Optional placeholder in the filter text. - */ - placeholder: string | undefined; - - /** - * If the input value should be hidden. Defaults to false. - */ - password: boolean; - - /** - * An event signaling when the value has changed. - */ - readonly onDidChangeValue: Event; - - /** - * An event signaling when the user indicated acceptance of the input value. - */ - readonly onDidAccept: Event; - - /** - * Buttons for actions in the UI. - */ - buttons: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * An event signaling when a button was triggered. - */ - readonly onDidTriggerButton: Event; - - /** - * An optional prompt text providing some ask or explanation to the user. - */ - prompt: string | undefined; - - /** - * An optional validation message indicating a problem with the current input value. - */ - validationMessage: string | undefined; - } - - /** - * Button for an action in a [QuickPick](#QuickPick) or [InputBox](#InputBox). - */ - export interface QuickInputButton { - - /** - * Icon for the button. - */ - readonly iconPath: Uri | { light: Uri; dark: Uri } | ThemeIcon; - - /** - * An optional tooltip. - */ - readonly tooltip?: string | undefined; - } - - /** - * Predefined buttons for [QuickPick](#QuickPick) and [InputBox](#InputBox). - */ - export class QuickInputButtons { - - /** - * A back button for [QuickPick](#QuickPick) and [InputBox](#InputBox). - * - * When a navigation 'back' button is needed this one should be used for consistency. - * It comes with a predefined icon, tooltip and location. - */ - static readonly Back: QuickInputButton; - - /** - * @hidden - */ - private constructor(); - } - - /** - * An event describing an individual change in the text of a [document](#TextDocument). - */ - export interface TextDocumentContentChangeEvent { - /** - * The range that got replaced. - */ - readonly range: Range; - /** - * The offset of the range that got replaced. - */ - readonly rangeOffset: number; - /** - * The length of the range that got replaced. - */ - readonly rangeLength: number; - /** - * The new text for the range. - */ - readonly text: string; - } - - /** - * An event describing a transactional [document](#TextDocument) change. - */ - export interface TextDocumentChangeEvent { - - /** - * The affected document. - */ - readonly document: TextDocument; - - /** - * An array of content changes. - */ - readonly contentChanges: ReadonlyArray; - } - - /** - * Represents reasons why a text document is saved. - */ - export enum TextDocumentSaveReason { - - /** - * Manually triggered, e.g. by the user pressing save, by starting debugging, - * or by an API call. - */ - Manual = 1, - - /** - * Automatic after a delay. - */ - AfterDelay = 2, - - /** - * When the editor lost focus. - */ - FocusOut = 3 - } - - /** - * An event that is fired when a [document](#TextDocument) will be saved. - * - * To make modifications to the document before it is being saved, call the - * [`waitUntil`](#TextDocumentWillSaveEvent.waitUntil)-function with a thenable - * that resolves to an array of [text edits](#TextEdit). - */ - export interface TextDocumentWillSaveEvent { - - /** - * The document that will be saved. - */ - readonly document: TextDocument; - - /** - * The reason why save was triggered. - */ - readonly reason: TextDocumentSaveReason; - - /** - * Allows to pause the event loop and to apply [pre-save-edits](#TextEdit). - * Edits of subsequent calls to this function will be applied in order. The - * edits will be *ignored* if concurrent modifications of the document happened. - * - * *Note:* This function can only be called during event dispatch and not - * in an asynchronous manner: - * - * ```ts - * workspace.onWillSaveTextDocument(event => { - * // async, will *throw* an error - * setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise)); - * - * // sync, OK - * event.waitUntil(promise); - * }) - * ``` - * - * @param thenable A thenable that resolves to [pre-save-edits](#TextEdit). - */ - waitUntil(thenable: Thenable): void; - - /** - * Allows to pause the event loop until the provided thenable resolved. - * - * *Note:* This function can only be called during event dispatch. - * - * @param thenable A thenable that delays saving. - */ - waitUntil(thenable: Thenable): void; - } - - /** - * An event that is fired when files are going to be created. - * - * To make modifications to the workspace before the files are created, - * call the [`waitUntil](#FileWillCreateEvent.waitUntil)-function with a - * thenable that resolves to a [workspace edit](#WorkspaceEdit). - */ - export interface FileWillCreateEvent { - - /** - * The files that are going to be created. - */ - readonly files: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * Allows to pause the event and to apply a [workspace edit](#WorkspaceEdit). - * - * *Note:* This function can only be called during event dispatch and not - * in an asynchronous manner: - * - * ```ts - * workspace.onWillCreateFiles(event => { - * // async, will *throw* an error - * setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise)); - * - * // sync, OK - * event.waitUntil(promise); - * }) - * ``` - * - * @param thenable A thenable that delays saving. - */ - waitUntil(thenable: Thenable): void; - - /** - * Allows to pause the event until the provided thenable resolves. - * - * *Note:* This function can only be called during event dispatch. - * - * @param thenable A thenable that delays saving. - */ - waitUntil(thenable: Thenable): void; - } - - /** - * An event that is fired after files are created. - */ - export interface FileCreateEvent { - - /** - * The files that got created. - */ - readonly files: ReadonlyArray; - } - - /** - * An event that is fired when files are going to be deleted. - * - * To make modifications to the workspace before the files are deleted, - * call the [`waitUntil](#FileWillCreateEvent.waitUntil)-function with a - * thenable that resolves to a [workspace edit](#WorkspaceEdit). - */ - export interface FileWillDeleteEvent { - - /** - * The files that are going to be deleted. - */ - readonly files: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * Allows to pause the event and to apply a [workspace edit](#WorkspaceEdit). - * - * *Note:* This function can only be called during event dispatch and not - * in an asynchronous manner: - * - * ```ts - * workspace.onWillCreateFiles(event => { - * // async, will *throw* an error - * setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise)); - * - * // sync, OK - * event.waitUntil(promise); - * }) - * ``` - * - * @param thenable A thenable that delays saving. - */ - waitUntil(thenable: Thenable): void; - - /** - * Allows to pause the event until the provided thenable resolves. - * - * *Note:* This function can only be called during event dispatch. - * - * @param thenable A thenable that delays saving. - */ - waitUntil(thenable: Thenable): void; - } - - /** - * An event that is fired after files are deleted. - */ - export interface FileDeleteEvent { - - /** - * The files that got deleted. - */ - readonly files: ReadonlyArray; - } - - /** - * An event that is fired when files are going to be renamed. - * - * To make modifications to the workspace before the files are renamed, - * call the [`waitUntil](#FileWillCreateEvent.waitUntil)-function with a - * thenable that resolves to a [workspace edit](#WorkspaceEdit). - */ - export interface FileWillRenameEvent { - - /** - * The files that are going to be renamed. - */ - readonly files: ReadonlyArray<{ oldUri: Uri, newUri: Uri }>; - - /** - * Allows to pause the event and to apply a [workspace edit](#WorkspaceEdit). - * - * *Note:* This function can only be called during event dispatch and not - * in an asynchronous manner: - * - * ```ts - * workspace.onWillCreateFiles(event => { - * // async, will *throw* an error - * setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise)); - * - * // sync, OK - * event.waitUntil(promise); - * }) - * ``` - * - * @param thenable A thenable that delays saving. - */ - waitUntil(thenable: Thenable): void; - - /** - * Allows to pause the event until the provided thenable resolves. - * - * *Note:* This function can only be called during event dispatch. - * - * @param thenable A thenable that delays saving. - */ - waitUntil(thenable: Thenable): void; - } - - /** - * An event that is fired after files are renamed. - */ - export interface FileRenameEvent { - - /** - * The files that got renamed. - */ - readonly files: ReadonlyArray<{ oldUri: Uri, newUri: Uri }>; - } - - /** - * An event describing a change to the set of [workspace folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders). - */ - export interface WorkspaceFoldersChangeEvent { - /** - * Added workspace folders. - */ - readonly added: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * Removed workspace folders. - */ - readonly removed: ReadonlyArray; - } - - /** - * A workspace folder is one of potentially many roots opened by the editor. All workspace folders - * are equal which means there is no notion of an active or primary workspace folder. - */ - export interface WorkspaceFolder { - - /** - * The associated uri for this workspace folder. - * - * *Note:* The [Uri](#Uri)-type was intentionally chosen such that future releases of the editor can support - * workspace folders that are not stored on the local disk, e.g. `ftp://server/workspaces/foo`. - */ - readonly uri: Uri; - - /** - * The name of this workspace folder. Defaults to - * the basename of its [uri-path](#Uri.path) - */ - readonly name: string; - - /** - * The ordinal number of this workspace folder. - */ - readonly index: number; - } - - /** - * Namespace for dealing with the current workspace. A workspace is the representation - * of the folder that has been opened. There is no workspace when just a file but not a - * folder has been opened. - * - * The workspace offers support for [listening](#workspace.createFileSystemWatcher) to fs - * events and for [finding](#workspace.findFiles) files. Both perform well and run _outside_ - * the editor-process so that they should be always used instead of nodejs-equivalents. - */ - export namespace workspace { - - /** - * A [file system](#FileSystem) instance that allows to interact with local and remote - * files, e.g. `vscode.workspace.fs.readDirectory(someUri)` allows to retrieve all entries - * of a directory or `vscode.workspace.fs.stat(anotherUri)` returns the meta data for a - * file. - */ - export const fs: FileSystem; - - /** - * The folder that is open in the editor. `undefined` when no folder - * has been opened. - * - * @deprecated Use [`workspaceFolders`](#workspace.workspaceFolders) instead. - */ - export const rootPath: string | undefined; - - /** - * List of workspace folders or `undefined` when no folder is open. - * *Note* that the first entry corresponds to the value of `rootPath`. - */ - export const workspaceFolders: ReadonlyArray | undefined; - - /** - * The name of the workspace. `undefined` when no folder - * has been opened. - */ - export const name: string | undefined; - - /** - * The location of the workspace file, for example: - * - * `file:///Users/name/Development/myProject.code-workspace` - * - * or - * - * `untitled:1555503116870` - * - * for a workspace that is untitled and not yet saved. - * - * Depending on the workspace that is opened, the value will be: - * * `undefined` when no workspace or a single folder is opened - * * the path of the workspace file as `Uri` otherwise. if the workspace - * is untitled, the returned URI will use the `untitled:` scheme - * - * The location can e.g. be used with the `vscode.openFolder` command to - * open the workspace again after it has been closed. - * - * **Example:** - * ```typescript - * vscode.commands.executeCommand('vscode.openFolder', uriOfWorkspace); - * ``` - * - * **Note:** it is not advised to use `workspace.workspaceFile` to write - * configuration data into the file. You can use `workspace.getConfiguration().update()` - * for that purpose which will work both when a single folder is opened as - * well as an untitled or saved workspace. - */ - export const workspaceFile: Uri | undefined; - - /** - * An event that is emitted when a workspace folder is added or removed. - */ - export const onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders: Event; - - /** - * Returns the [workspace folder](#WorkspaceFolder) that contains a given uri. - * * returns `undefined` when the given uri doesn't match any workspace folder - * * returns the *input* when the given uri is a workspace folder itself - * - * @param uri An uri. - * @return A workspace folder or `undefined` - */ - export function getWorkspaceFolder(uri: Uri): WorkspaceFolder | undefined; - - /** - * Returns a path that is relative to the workspace folder or folders. - * - * When there are no [workspace folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders) or when the path - * is not contained in them, the input is returned. - * - * @param pathOrUri A path or uri. When a uri is given its [fsPath](#Uri.fsPath) is used. - * @param includeWorkspaceFolder When `true` and when the given path is contained inside a - * workspace folder the name of the workspace is prepended. Defaults to `true` when there are - * multiple workspace folders and `false` otherwise. - * @return A path relative to the root or the input. - */ - export function asRelativePath(pathOrUri: string | Uri, includeWorkspaceFolder?: boolean): string; - - /** - * This method replaces `deleteCount` [workspace folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders) starting at index `start` - * by an optional set of `workspaceFoldersToAdd` on the `vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders` array. This "splice" - * behavior can be used to add, remove and change workspace folders in a single operation. - * - * If the first workspace folder is added, removed or changed, the currently executing extensions (including the - * one that called this method) will be terminated and restarted so that the (deprecated) `rootPath` property is - * updated to point to the first workspace folder. - * - * Use the [`onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders()`](#onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders) event to get notified when the - * workspace folders have been updated. - * - * **Example:** adding a new workspace folder at the end of workspace folders - * ```typescript - * workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(workspace.workspaceFolders ? workspace.workspaceFolders.length : 0, null, { uri: ...}); - * ``` - * - * **Example:** removing the first workspace folder - * ```typescript - * workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(0, 1); - * ``` - * - * **Example:** replacing an existing workspace folder with a new one - * ```typescript - * workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(0, 1, { uri: ...}); - * ``` - * - * It is valid to remove an existing workspace folder and add it again with a different name - * to rename that folder. - * - * **Note:** it is not valid to call [updateWorkspaceFolders()](#updateWorkspaceFolders) multiple times - * without waiting for the [`onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders()`](#onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders) to fire. - * - * @param start the zero-based location in the list of currently opened [workspace folders](#WorkspaceFolder) - * from which to start deleting workspace folders. - * @param deleteCount the optional number of workspace folders to remove. - * @param workspaceFoldersToAdd the optional variable set of workspace folders to add in place of the deleted ones. - * Each workspace is identified with a mandatory URI and an optional name. - * @return true if the operation was successfully started and false otherwise if arguments were used that would result - * in invalid workspace folder state (e.g. 2 folders with the same URI). - */ - export function updateWorkspaceFolders(start: number, deleteCount: number | undefined | null, ...workspaceFoldersToAdd: { uri: Uri, name?: string }[]): boolean; - - /** - * Creates a file system watcher. - * - * A glob pattern that filters the file events on their absolute path must be provided. Optionally, - * flags to ignore certain kinds of events can be provided. To stop listening to events the watcher must be disposed. - * - * *Note* that only files within the current [workspace folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders) can be watched. - * - * @param globPattern A [glob pattern](#GlobPattern) that is applied to the absolute paths of created, changed, - * and deleted files. Use a [relative pattern](#RelativePattern) to limit events to a certain [workspace folder](#WorkspaceFolder). - * @param ignoreCreateEvents Ignore when files have been created. - * @param ignoreChangeEvents Ignore when files have been changed. - * @param ignoreDeleteEvents Ignore when files have been deleted. - * @return A new file system watcher instance. - */ - export function createFileSystemWatcher(globPattern: GlobPattern, ignoreCreateEvents?: boolean, ignoreChangeEvents?: boolean, ignoreDeleteEvents?: boolean): FileSystemWatcher; - - /** - * Find files across all [workspace folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders) in the workspace. - * - * @example - * findFiles('**​/*.js', '**​/node_modules/**', 10) - * - * @param include A [glob pattern](#GlobPattern) that defines the files to search for. The glob pattern - * will be matched against the file paths of resulting matches relative to their workspace. Use a [relative pattern](#RelativePattern) - * to restrict the search results to a [workspace folder](#WorkspaceFolder). - * @param exclude A [glob pattern](#GlobPattern) that defines files and folders to exclude. The glob pattern - * will be matched against the file paths of resulting matches relative to their workspace. When `undefined` only default excludes will - * apply, when `null` no excludes will apply. - * @param maxResults An upper-bound for the result. - * @param token A token that can be used to signal cancellation to the underlying search engine. - * @return A thenable that resolves to an array of resource identifiers. Will return no results if no - * [workspace folders](#workspace.workspaceFolders) are opened. - */ - export function findFiles(include: GlobPattern, exclude?: GlobPattern | null, maxResults?: number, token?: CancellationToken): Thenable; - - /** - * Save all dirty files. - * - * @param includeUntitled Also save files that have been created during this session. - * @return A thenable that resolves when the files have been saved. - */ - export function saveAll(includeUntitled?: boolean): Thenable; - - /** - * Make changes to one or many resources or create, delete, and rename resources as defined by the given - * [workspace edit](#WorkspaceEdit). - * - * All changes of a workspace edit are applied in the same order in which they have been added. If - * multiple textual inserts are made at the same position, these strings appear in the resulting text - * in the order the 'inserts' were made, unless that are interleaved with resource edits. Invalid sequences - * like 'delete file a' -> 'insert text in file a' cause failure of the operation. - * - * When applying a workspace edit that consists only of text edits an 'all-or-nothing'-strategy is used. - * A workspace edit with resource creations or deletions aborts the operation, e.g. consecutive edits will - * not be attempted, when a single edit fails. - * - * @param edit A workspace edit. - * @return A thenable that resolves when the edit could be applied. - */ - export function applyEdit(edit: WorkspaceEdit): Thenable; - - /** - * All text documents currently known to the system. - */ - export const textDocuments: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * Opens a document. Will return early if this document is already open. Otherwise - * the document is loaded and the [didOpen](#workspace.onDidOpenTextDocument)-event fires. - * - * The document is denoted by an [uri](#Uri). Depending on the [scheme](#Uri.scheme) the - * following rules apply: - * * `file`-scheme: Open a file on disk, will be rejected if the file does not exist or cannot be loaded. - * * `untitled`-scheme: A new file that should be saved on disk, e.g. `untitled:c:\frodo\new.js`. The language - * will be derived from the file name. - * * For all other schemes contributed [text document content providers](#TextDocumentContentProvider) and - * [file system providers](#FileSystemProvider) are consulted. - * - * *Note* that the lifecycle of the returned document is owned by the editor and not by the extension. That means an - * [`onDidClose`](#workspace.onDidCloseTextDocument)-event can occur at any time after opening it. - * - * @param uri Identifies the resource to open. - * @return A promise that resolves to a [document](#TextDocument). - */ - export function openTextDocument(uri: Uri): Thenable; - - /** - * A short-hand for `openTextDocument(Uri.file(fileName))`. - * - * @see [openTextDocument](#openTextDocument) - * @param fileName A name of a file on disk. - * @return A promise that resolves to a [document](#TextDocument). - */ - export function openTextDocument(fileName: string): Thenable; - - /** - * Opens an untitled text document. The editor will prompt the user for a file - * path when the document is to be saved. The `options` parameter allows to - * specify the *language* and/or the *content* of the document. - * - * @param options Options to control how the document will be created. - * @return A promise that resolves to a [document](#TextDocument). - */ - export function openTextDocument(options?: { language?: string; content?: string; }): Thenable; - - /** - * Register a text document content provider. - * - * Only one provider can be registered per scheme. - * - * @param scheme The uri-scheme to register for. - * @param provider A content provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerTextDocumentContentProvider(scheme: string, provider: TextDocumentContentProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * An event that is emitted when a [text document](#TextDocument) is opened or when the language id - * of a text document [has been changed](#languages.setTextDocumentLanguage). - * - * To add an event listener when a visible text document is opened, use the [TextEditor](#TextEditor) events in the - * [window](#window) namespace. Note that: - * - * - The event is emitted before the [document](#TextDocument) is updated in the - * [active text editor](#window.activeTextEditor) - * - When a [text document](#TextDocument) is already open (e.g.: open in another [visible text editor](#window.visibleTextEditors)) this event is not emitted - * - */ - export const onDidOpenTextDocument: Event; - - /** - * An event that is emitted when a [text document](#TextDocument) is disposed or when the language id - * of a text document [has been changed](#languages.setTextDocumentLanguage). - * - * *Note 1:* There is no guarantee that this event fires when an editor tab is closed, use the - * [`onDidChangeVisibleTextEditors`](#window.onDidChangeVisibleTextEditors)-event to know when editors change. - * - * *Note 2:* A document can be open but not shown in an editor which means this event can fire - * for a document that has not been shown in an editor. - */ - export const onDidCloseTextDocument: Event; - - /** - * An event that is emitted when a [text document](#TextDocument) is changed. This usually happens - * when the [contents](#TextDocument.getText) changes but also when other things like the - * [dirty](#TextDocument.isDirty)-state changes. - */ - export const onDidChangeTextDocument: Event; - - /** - * An event that is emitted when a [text document](#TextDocument) will be saved to disk. - * - * *Note 1:* Subscribers can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. For the sake of data integrity the editor - * might save without firing this event. For instance when shutting down with dirty files. - * - * *Note 2:* Subscribers are called sequentially and they can [delay](#TextDocumentWillSaveEvent.waitUntil) saving - * by registering asynchronous work. Protection against misbehaving listeners is implemented as such: - * * there is an overall time budget that all listeners share and if that is exhausted no further listener is called - * * listeners that take a long time or produce errors frequently will not be called anymore - * - * The current thresholds are 1.5 seconds as overall time budget and a listener can misbehave 3 times before being ignored. - */ - export const onWillSaveTextDocument: Event; - - /** - * An event that is emitted when a [text document](#TextDocument) is saved to disk. - */ - export const onDidSaveTextDocument: Event; - - /** - * An event that is emitted when files are being created. - * - * *Note 1:* This event is triggered by user gestures, like creating a file from the - * explorer, or from the [`workspace.applyEdit`](#workspace.applyEdit)-api. This event is *not* fired when - * files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the - * [`workspace.fs`](#FileSystem)-api. - * - * *Note 2:* When this event is fired, edits to files that are are being created cannot be applied. - */ - export const onWillCreateFiles: Event; - - /** - * An event that is emitted when files have been created. - * - * *Note:* This event is triggered by user gestures, like creating a file from the - * explorer, or from the [`workspace.applyEdit`](#workspace.applyEdit)-api, but this event is *not* fired when - * files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the - * [`workspace.fs`](#FileSystem)-api. - */ - export const onDidCreateFiles: Event; - - /** - * An event that is emitted when files are being deleted. - * - * *Note 1:* This event is triggered by user gestures, like deleting a file from the - * explorer, or from the [`workspace.applyEdit`](#workspace.applyEdit)-api, but this event is *not* fired when - * files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the - * [`workspace.fs`](#FileSystem)-api. - * - * *Note 2:* When deleting a folder with children only one event is fired. - */ - export const onWillDeleteFiles: Event; - - /** - * An event that is emitted when files have been deleted. - * - * *Note 1:* This event is triggered by user gestures, like deleting a file from the - * explorer, or from the [`workspace.applyEdit`](#workspace.applyEdit)-api, but this event is *not* fired when - * files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the - * [`workspace.fs`](#FileSystem)-api. - * - * *Note 2:* When deleting a folder with children only one event is fired. - */ - export const onDidDeleteFiles: Event; - - /** - * An event that is emitted when files are being renamed. - * - * *Note 1:* This event is triggered by user gestures, like renaming a file from the - * explorer, and from the [`workspace.applyEdit`](#workspace.applyEdit)-api, but this event is *not* fired when - * files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the - * [`workspace.fs`](#FileSystem)-api. - * - * *Note 2:* When renaming a folder with children only one event is fired. - */ - export const onWillRenameFiles: Event; - - /** - * An event that is emitted when files have been renamed. - * - * *Note 1:* This event is triggered by user gestures, like renaming a file from the - * explorer, and from the [`workspace.applyEdit`](#workspace.applyEdit)-api, but this event is *not* fired when - * files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the - * [`workspace.fs`](#FileSystem)-api. - * - * *Note 2:* When renaming a folder with children only one event is fired. - */ - export const onDidRenameFiles: Event; - - /** - * Get a workspace configuration object. - * - * When a section-identifier is provided only that part of the configuration - * is returned. Dots in the section-identifier are interpreted as child-access, - * like `{ myExt: { setting: { doIt: true }}}` and `getConfiguration('myExt.setting').get('doIt') === true`. - * - * When a scope is provided configuration confined to that scope is returned. Scope can be a resource or a language identifier or both. - * - * @param section A dot-separated identifier. - * @param scope A scope for which the configuration is asked for. - * @return The full configuration or a subset. - */ - export function getConfiguration(section?: string | undefined, scope?: ConfigurationScope | null): WorkspaceConfiguration; - - /** - * An event that is emitted when the [configuration](#WorkspaceConfiguration) changed. - */ - export const onDidChangeConfiguration: Event; - - /** - * Register a task provider. - * - * @deprecated Use the corresponding function on the `tasks` namespace instead - * - * @param type The task kind type this provider is registered for. - * @param provider A task provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerTaskProvider(type: string, provider: TaskProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a filesystem provider for a given scheme, e.g. `ftp`. - * - * There can only be one provider per scheme and an error is being thrown when a scheme - * has been claimed by another provider or when it is reserved. - * - * @param scheme The uri-[scheme](#Uri.scheme) the provider registers for. - * @param provider The filesystem provider. - * @param options Immutable metadata about the provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerFileSystemProvider(scheme: string, provider: FileSystemProvider, options?: { readonly isCaseSensitive?: boolean, readonly isReadonly?: boolean }): Disposable; - } - - /** - * The configuration scope which can be a - * a 'resource' or a languageId or both or - * a '[TextDocument](#TextDocument)' or - * a '[WorkspaceFolder](#WorkspaceFolder)' - */ - export type ConfigurationScope = Uri | TextDocument | WorkspaceFolder | { uri?: Uri, languageId: string }; - - /** - * An event describing the change in Configuration - */ - export interface ConfigurationChangeEvent { - - /** - * Checks if the given section has changed. - * If scope is provided, checks if the section has changed for resources under the given scope. - * - * @param section Configuration name, supports _dotted_ names. - * @param scope A scope in which to check. - * @return `true` if the given section has changed. - */ - affectsConfiguration(section: string, scope?: ConfigurationScope): boolean; - } - - /** - * Namespace for participating in language-specific editor [features](https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/editor/editingevolved), - * like IntelliSense, code actions, diagnostics etc. - * - * Many programming languages exist and there is huge variety in syntaxes, semantics, and paradigms. Despite that, features - * like automatic word-completion, code navigation, or code checking have become popular across different tools for different - * programming languages. - * - * The editor provides an API that makes it simple to provide such common features by having all UI and actions already in place and - * by allowing you to participate by providing data only. For instance, to contribute a hover all you have to do is provide a function - * that can be called with a [TextDocument](#TextDocument) and a [Position](#Position) returning hover info. The rest, like tracking the - * mouse, positioning the hover, keeping the hover stable etc. is taken care of by the editor. - * - * ```javascript - * languages.registerHoverProvider('javascript', { - * provideHover(document, position, token) { - * return new Hover('I am a hover!'); - * } - * }); - * ``` - * - * Registration is done using a [document selector](#DocumentSelector) which is either a language id, like `javascript` or - * a more complex [filter](#DocumentFilter) like `{ language: 'typescript', scheme: 'file' }`. Matching a document against such - * a selector will result in a [score](#languages.match) that is used to determine if and how a provider shall be used. When - * scores are equal the provider that came last wins. For features that allow full arity, like [hover](#languages.registerHoverProvider), - * the score is only checked to be `>0`, for other features, like [IntelliSense](#languages.registerCompletionItemProvider) the - * score is used for determining the order in which providers are asked to participate. - */ - export namespace languages { - - /** - * Return the identifiers of all known languages. - * @return Promise resolving to an array of identifier strings. - */ - export function getLanguages(): Thenable; - - /** - * Set (and change) the [language](#TextDocument.languageId) that is associated - * with the given document. - * - * *Note* that calling this function will trigger the [`onDidCloseTextDocument`](#workspace.onDidCloseTextDocument) event - * followed by the [`onDidOpenTextDocument`](#workspace.onDidOpenTextDocument) event. - * - * @param document The document which language is to be changed - * @param languageId The new language identifier. - * @returns A thenable that resolves with the updated document. - */ - export function setTextDocumentLanguage(document: TextDocument, languageId: string): Thenable; - - /** - * Compute the match between a document [selector](#DocumentSelector) and a document. Values - * greater than zero mean the selector matches the document. - * - * A match is computed according to these rules: - * 1. When [`DocumentSelector`](#DocumentSelector) is an array, compute the match for each contained `DocumentFilter` or language identifier and take the maximum value. - * 2. A string will be desugared to become the `language`-part of a [`DocumentFilter`](#DocumentFilter), so `"fooLang"` is like `{ language: "fooLang" }`. - * 3. A [`DocumentFilter`](#DocumentFilter) will be matched against the document by comparing its parts with the document. The following rules apply: - * 1. When the `DocumentFilter` is empty (`{}`) the result is `0` - * 2. When `scheme`, `language`, or `pattern` are defined but one doesn’t match, the result is `0` - * 3. Matching against `*` gives a score of `5`, matching via equality or via a glob-pattern gives a score of `10` - * 4. The result is the maximum value of each match - * - * Samples: - * ```js - * // default document from disk (file-scheme) - * doc.uri; //'file:///my/file.js' - * doc.languageId; // 'javascript' - * match('javascript', doc); // 10; - * match({language: 'javascript'}, doc); // 10; - * match({language: 'javascript', scheme: 'file'}, doc); // 10; - * match('*', doc); // 5 - * match('fooLang', doc); // 0 - * match(['fooLang', '*'], doc); // 5 - * - * // virtual document, e.g. from git-index - * doc.uri; // 'git:/my/file.js' - * doc.languageId; // 'javascript' - * match('javascript', doc); // 10; - * match({language: 'javascript', scheme: 'git'}, doc); // 10; - * match('*', doc); // 5 - * ``` - * - * @param selector A document selector. - * @param document A text document. - * @return A number `>0` when the selector matches and `0` when the selector does not match. - */ - export function match(selector: DocumentSelector, document: TextDocument): number; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when the global set of diagnostics changes. This is - * newly added and removed diagnostics. - */ - export const onDidChangeDiagnostics: Event; - - /** - * Get all diagnostics for a given resource. - * - * @param resource A resource - * @returns An array of [diagnostics](#Diagnostic) objects or an empty array. - */ - export function getDiagnostics(resource: Uri): Diagnostic[]; - - /** - * Get all diagnostics. - * - * @returns An array of uri-diagnostics tuples or an empty array. - */ - export function getDiagnostics(): [Uri, Diagnostic[]][]; - - /** - * Create a diagnostics collection. - * - * @param name The [name](#DiagnosticCollection.name) of the collection. - * @return A new diagnostic collection. - */ - export function createDiagnosticCollection(name?: string): DiagnosticCollection; - - /** - * Register a completion provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted - * by their [score](#languages.match) and groups of equal score are sequentially asked for - * completion items. The process stops when one or many providers of a group return a - * result. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not fail the whole - * operation. - * - * A completion item provider can be associated with a set of `triggerCharacters`. When trigger - * characters are being typed, completions are requested but only from providers that registered - * the typed character. Because of that trigger characters should be different than [word characters](#LanguageConfiguration.wordPattern), - * a common trigger character is `.` to trigger member completions. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A completion provider. - * @param triggerCharacters Trigger completion when the user types one of the characters. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerCompletionItemProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: CompletionItemProvider, ...triggerCharacters: string[]): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a code action provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in - * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will - * not cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A code action provider. - * @param metadata Metadata about the kind of code actions the provider provides. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerCodeActionsProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: CodeActionProvider, metadata?: CodeActionProviderMetadata): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a code lens provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in - * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will - * not cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A code lens provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerCodeLensProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: CodeLensProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a definition provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in - * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will - * not cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A definition provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerDefinitionProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DefinitionProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register an implementation provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in - * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will - * not cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider An implementation provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerImplementationProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: ImplementationProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a type definition provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in - * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will - * not cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A type definition provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerTypeDefinitionProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: TypeDefinitionProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a declaration provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in - * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will - * not cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A declaration provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerDeclarationProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DeclarationProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a hover provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in - * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will - * not cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A hover provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerHoverProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: HoverProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a provider that locates evaluatable expressions in text documents. - * VS Code will evaluate the expression in the active debug session and will show the result in the debug hover. - * - * If multiple providers are registered for a language an arbitrary provider will be used. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider An evaluatable expression provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerEvaluatableExpressionProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: EvaluatableExpressionProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a document highlight provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted - * by their [score](#languages.match) and groups sequentially asked for document highlights. - * The process stops when a provider returns a `non-falsy` or `non-failure` result. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A document highlight provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerDocumentHighlightProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentHighlightProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a document symbol provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in - * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will - * not cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A document symbol provider. - * @param metaData metadata about the provider - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerDocumentSymbolProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentSymbolProvider, metaData?: DocumentSymbolProviderMetadata): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a workspace symbol provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered. In that case providers are asked in parallel and - * the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause - * a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param provider A workspace symbol provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerWorkspaceSymbolProvider(provider: WorkspaceSymbolProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a reference provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in - * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will - * not cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A reference provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerReferenceProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: ReferenceProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a rename provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted - * by their [score](#languages.match) and asked in sequence. The first provider producing a result - * defines the result of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A rename provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerRenameProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: RenameProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a semantic tokens provider for a whole document. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted - * by their [score](#languages.match) and the best-matching provider is used. Failure - * of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A document semantic tokens provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerDocumentSemanticTokensProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentSemanticTokensProvider, legend: SemanticTokensLegend): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a semantic tokens provider for a document range. - * - * *Note:* If a document has both a `DocumentSemanticTokensProvider` and a `DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider`, - * the range provider will be invoked only initially, for the time in which the full document provider takes - * to resolve the first request. Once the full document provider resolves the first request, the semantic tokens - * provided via the range provider will be discarded and from that point forward, only the document provider - * will be used. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted - * by their [score](#languages.match) and the best-matching provider is used. Failure - * of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A document range semantic tokens provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerDocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider, legend: SemanticTokensLegend): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a formatting provider for a document. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted - * by their [score](#languages.match) and the best-matching provider is used. Failure - * of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A document formatting edit provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerDocumentFormattingEditProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentFormattingEditProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a formatting provider for a document range. - * - * *Note:* A document range provider is also a [document formatter](#DocumentFormattingEditProvider) - * which means there is no need to [register](#languages.registerDocumentFormattingEditProvider) a document - * formatter when also registering a range provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted - * by their [score](#languages.match) and the best-matching provider is used. Failure - * of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A document range formatting edit provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerDocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a formatting provider that works on type. The provider is active when the user enables the setting `editor.formatOnType`. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted - * by their [score](#languages.match) and the best-matching provider is used. Failure - * of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider An on type formatting edit provider. - * @param firstTriggerCharacter A character on which formatting should be triggered, like `}`. - * @param moreTriggerCharacter More trigger characters. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerOnTypeFormattingEditProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: OnTypeFormattingEditProvider, firstTriggerCharacter: string, ...moreTriggerCharacter: string[]): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a signature help provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted - * by their [score](#languages.match) and called sequentially until a provider returns a - * valid result. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A signature help provider. - * @param triggerCharacters Trigger signature help when the user types one of the characters, like `,` or `(`. - * @param metadata Information about the provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerSignatureHelpProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: SignatureHelpProvider, ...triggerCharacters: string[]): Disposable; - export function registerSignatureHelpProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: SignatureHelpProvider, metadata: SignatureHelpProviderMetadata): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a document link provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in - * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will - * not cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A document link provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerDocumentLinkProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentLinkProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a color provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in - * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will - * not cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A color provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerColorProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: DocumentColorProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a folding range provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in - * parallel and the results are merged. - * If multiple folding ranges start at the same position, only the range of the first registered provider is used. - * If a folding range overlaps with an other range that has a smaller position, it is also ignored. - * - * A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will - * not cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A folding range provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerFoldingRangeProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: FoldingRangeProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a selection range provider. - * - * Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in - * parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will - * not cause a failure of the whole operation. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A selection range provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerSelectionRangeProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: SelectionRangeProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a call hierarchy provider. - * - * @param selector A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. - * @param provider A call hierarchy provider. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerCallHierarchyProvider(selector: DocumentSelector, provider: CallHierarchyProvider): Disposable; - - /** - * Set a [language configuration](#LanguageConfiguration) for a language. - * - * @param language A language identifier like `typescript`. - * @param configuration Language configuration. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unsets this configuration. - */ - export function setLanguageConfiguration(language: string, configuration: LanguageConfiguration): Disposable; - } - - /** - * Represents the input box in the Source Control viewlet. - */ - export interface SourceControlInputBox { - - /** - * Setter and getter for the contents of the input box. - */ - value: string; - - /** - * A string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user. - */ - placeholder: string; - - /** - * Controls whether the input box is visible (default is `true`). - */ - visible: boolean; - } - - interface QuickDiffProvider { - - /** - * Provide a [uri](#Uri) to the original resource of any given resource uri. - * - * @param uri The uri of the resource open in a text editor. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return A thenable that resolves to uri of the matching original resource. - */ - provideOriginalResource?(uri: Uri, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * The theme-aware decorations for a - * [source control resource state](#SourceControlResourceState). - */ - export interface SourceControlResourceThemableDecorations { - - /** - * The icon path for a specific - * [source control resource state](#SourceControlResourceState). - */ - readonly iconPath?: string | Uri; - } - - /** - * The decorations for a [source control resource state](#SourceControlResourceState). - * Can be independently specified for light and dark themes. - */ - export interface SourceControlResourceDecorations extends SourceControlResourceThemableDecorations { - - /** - * Whether the [source control resource state](#SourceControlResourceState) should - * be striked-through in the UI. - */ - readonly strikeThrough?: boolean; - - /** - * Whether the [source control resource state](#SourceControlResourceState) should - * be faded in the UI. - */ - readonly faded?: boolean; - - /** - * The title for a specific - * [source control resource state](#SourceControlResourceState). - */ - readonly tooltip?: string; - - /** - * The light theme decorations. - */ - readonly light?: SourceControlResourceThemableDecorations; - - /** - * The dark theme decorations. - */ - readonly dark?: SourceControlResourceThemableDecorations; - } - - /** - * An source control resource state represents the state of an underlying workspace - * resource within a certain [source control group](#SourceControlResourceGroup). - */ - export interface SourceControlResourceState { - - /** - * The [uri](#Uri) of the underlying resource inside the workspace. - */ - readonly resourceUri: Uri; - - /** - * The [command](#Command) which should be run when the resource - * state is open in the Source Control viewlet. - */ - readonly command?: Command; - - /** - * The [decorations](#SourceControlResourceDecorations) for this source control - * resource state. - */ - readonly decorations?: SourceControlResourceDecorations; - - /** - * Context value of the resource state. This can be used to contribute resource specific actions. - * For example, if a resource is given a context value as `diffable`. When contributing actions to `scm/resourceState/context` - * using `menus` extension point, you can specify context value for key `scmResourceState` in `when` expressions, like `scmResourceState == diffable`. - * ``` - * "contributes": { - * "menus": { - * "scm/resourceState/context": [ - * { - * "command": "extension.diff", - * "when": "scmResourceState == diffable" - * } - * ] - * } - * } - * ``` - * This will show action `extension.diff` only for resources with `contextValue` is `diffable`. - */ - readonly contextValue?: string; - } - - /** - * A source control resource group is a collection of - * [source control resource states](#SourceControlResourceState). - */ - export interface SourceControlResourceGroup { - - /** - * The id of this source control resource group. - */ - readonly id: string; - - /** - * The label of this source control resource group. - */ - label: string; - - /** - * Whether this source control resource group is hidden when it contains - * no [source control resource states](#SourceControlResourceState). - */ - hideWhenEmpty?: boolean; - - /** - * This group's collection of - * [source control resource states](#SourceControlResourceState). - */ - resourceStates: SourceControlResourceState[]; - - /** - * Dispose this source control resource group. - */ - dispose(): void; - } - - /** - * An source control is able to provide [resource states](#SourceControlResourceState) - * to the editor and interact with the editor in several source control related ways. - */ - export interface SourceControl { - - /** - * The id of this source control. - */ - readonly id: string; - - /** - * The human-readable label of this source control. - */ - readonly label: string; - - /** - * The (optional) Uri of the root of this source control. - */ - readonly rootUri: Uri | undefined; - - /** - * The [input box](#SourceControlInputBox) for this source control. - */ - readonly inputBox: SourceControlInputBox; - - /** - * The UI-visible count of [resource states](#SourceControlResourceState) of - * this source control. - * - * Equals to the total number of [resource state](#SourceControlResourceState) - * of this source control, if undefined. - */ - count?: number; - - /** - * An optional [quick diff provider](#QuickDiffProvider). - */ - quickDiffProvider?: QuickDiffProvider; - - /** - * Optional commit template string. - * - * The Source Control viewlet will populate the Source Control - * input with this value when appropriate. - */ - commitTemplate?: string; - - /** - * Optional accept input command. - * - * This command will be invoked when the user accepts the value - * in the Source Control input. - */ - acceptInputCommand?: Command; - - /** - * Optional status bar commands. - * - * These commands will be displayed in the editor's status bar. - */ - statusBarCommands?: Command[]; - - /** - * Create a new [resource group](#SourceControlResourceGroup). - */ - createResourceGroup(id: string, label: string): SourceControlResourceGroup; - - /** - * Dispose this source control. - */ - dispose(): void; - } - - export namespace scm { - - /** - * The [input box](#SourceControlInputBox) for the last source control - * created by the extension. - * - * @deprecated Use SourceControl.inputBox instead - */ - export const inputBox: SourceControlInputBox; - - /** - * Creates a new [source control](#SourceControl) instance. - * - * @param id An `id` for the source control. Something short, e.g.: `git`. - * @param label A human-readable string for the source control. E.g.: `Git`. - * @param rootUri An optional Uri of the root of the source control. E.g.: `Uri.parse(workspaceRoot)`. - * @return An instance of [source control](#SourceControl). - */ - export function createSourceControl(id: string, label: string, rootUri?: Uri): SourceControl; - } - - /** - * A DebugProtocolMessage is an opaque stand-in type for the [ProtocolMessage](https://microsoft.github.io/debug-adapter-protocol/specification#Base_Protocol_ProtocolMessage) type defined in the Debug Adapter Protocol. - */ - export interface DebugProtocolMessage { - // Properties: see details [here](https://microsoft.github.io/debug-adapter-protocol/specification#Base_Protocol_ProtocolMessage). - } - - /** - * A DebugProtocolSource is an opaque stand-in type for the [Source](https://microsoft.github.io/debug-adapter-protocol/specification#Types_Source) type defined in the Debug Adapter Protocol. - */ - export interface DebugProtocolSource { - // Properties: see details [here](https://microsoft.github.io/debug-adapter-protocol/specification#Types_Source). - } - - /** - * A DebugProtocolBreakpoint is an opaque stand-in type for the [Breakpoint](https://microsoft.github.io/debug-adapter-protocol/specification#Types_Breakpoint) type defined in the Debug Adapter Protocol. - */ - export interface DebugProtocolBreakpoint { - // Properties: see details [here](https://microsoft.github.io/debug-adapter-protocol/specification#Types_Breakpoint). - } - - /** - * Configuration for a debug session. - */ - export interface DebugConfiguration { - /** - * The type of the debug session. - */ - type: string; - - /** - * The name of the debug session. - */ - name: string; - - /** - * The request type of the debug session. - */ - request: string; - - /** - * Additional debug type specific properties. - */ - [key: string]: any; - } - - /** - * A debug session. - */ - export interface DebugSession { - - /** - * The unique ID of this debug session. - */ - readonly id: string; - - /** - * The debug session's type from the [debug configuration](#DebugConfiguration). - */ - readonly type: string; - - /** - * The debug session's name is initially taken from the [debug configuration](#DebugConfiguration). - * Any changes will be properly reflected in the UI. - */ - name: string; - - /** - * The workspace folder of this session or `undefined` for a folderless setup. - */ - readonly workspaceFolder: WorkspaceFolder | undefined; - - /** - * The "resolved" [debug configuration](#DebugConfiguration) of this session. - * "Resolved" means that - * - all variables have been substituted and - * - platform specific attribute sections have been "flattened" for the matching platform and removed for non-matching platforms. - */ - readonly configuration: DebugConfiguration; - - /** - * Send a custom request to the debug adapter. - */ - customRequest(command: string, args?: any): Thenable; - - /** - * Maps a VS Code breakpoint to the corresponding Debug Adapter Protocol (DAP) breakpoint that is managed by the debug adapter of the debug session. - * If no DAP breakpoint exists (either because the VS Code breakpoint was not yet registered or because the debug adapter is not interested in the breakpoint), the value `undefined` is returned. - * - * @param breakpoint A VS Code [breakpoint](#Breakpoint). - * @return A promise that resolves to the Debug Adapter Protocol breakpoint or `undefined`. - */ - getDebugProtocolBreakpoint(breakpoint: Breakpoint): Thenable; - } - - /** - * A custom Debug Adapter Protocol event received from a [debug session](#DebugSession). - */ - export interface DebugSessionCustomEvent { - /** - * The [debug session](#DebugSession) for which the custom event was received. - */ - readonly session: DebugSession; - - /** - * Type of event. - */ - readonly event: string; - - /** - * Event specific information. - */ - readonly body?: any; - } - - /** - * A debug configuration provider allows to add debug configurations to the debug service - * and to resolve launch configurations before they are used to start a debug session. - * A debug configuration provider is registered via #debug.registerDebugConfigurationProvider. - */ - export interface DebugConfigurationProvider { - /** - * Provides [debug configuration](#DebugConfiguration) to the debug service. If more than one debug configuration provider is - * registered for the same type, debug configurations are concatenated in arbitrary order. - * - * @param folder The workspace folder for which the configurations are used or `undefined` for a folderless setup. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return An array of [debug configurations](#DebugConfiguration). - */ - provideDebugConfigurations?(folder: WorkspaceFolder | undefined, token?: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - - /** - * Resolves a [debug configuration](#DebugConfiguration) by filling in missing values or by adding/changing/removing attributes. - * If more than one debug configuration provider is registered for the same type, the resolveDebugConfiguration calls are chained - * in arbitrary order and the initial debug configuration is piped through the chain. - * Returning the value 'undefined' prevents the debug session from starting. - * Returning the value 'null' prevents the debug session from starting and opens the underlying debug configuration instead. - * - * @param folder The workspace folder from which the configuration originates from or `undefined` for a folderless setup. - * @param debugConfiguration The [debug configuration](#DebugConfiguration) to resolve. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return The resolved debug configuration or undefined or null. - */ - resolveDebugConfiguration?(folder: WorkspaceFolder | undefined, debugConfiguration: DebugConfiguration, token?: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - - /** - * This hook is directly called after 'resolveDebugConfiguration' but with all variables substituted. - * It can be used to resolve or verify a [debug configuration](#DebugConfiguration) by filling in missing values or by adding/changing/removing attributes. - * If more than one debug configuration provider is registered for the same type, the 'resolveDebugConfigurationWithSubstitutedVariables' calls are chained - * in arbitrary order and the initial debug configuration is piped through the chain. - * Returning the value 'undefined' prevents the debug session from starting. - * Returning the value 'null' prevents the debug session from starting and opens the underlying debug configuration instead. - * - * @param folder The workspace folder from which the configuration originates from or `undefined` for a folderless setup. - * @param debugConfiguration The [debug configuration](#DebugConfiguration) to resolve. - * @param token A cancellation token. - * @return The resolved debug configuration or undefined or null. - */ - resolveDebugConfigurationWithSubstitutedVariables?(folder: WorkspaceFolder | undefined, debugConfiguration: DebugConfiguration, token?: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * Represents a debug adapter executable and optional arguments and runtime options passed to it. - */ - export class DebugAdapterExecutable { - - /** - * Creates a description for a debug adapter based on an executable program. - * - * @param command The command or executable path that implements the debug adapter. - * @param args Optional arguments to be passed to the command or executable. - * @param options Optional options to be used when starting the command or executable. - */ - constructor(command: string, args?: string[], options?: DebugAdapterExecutableOptions); - - /** - * The command or path of the debug adapter executable. - * A command must be either an absolute path of an executable or the name of an command to be looked up via the PATH environment variable. - * The special value 'node' will be mapped to VS Code's built-in Node.js runtime. - */ - readonly command: string; - - /** - * The arguments passed to the debug adapter executable. Defaults to an empty array. - */ - readonly args: string[]; - - /** - * Optional options to be used when the debug adapter is started. - * Defaults to undefined. - */ - readonly options?: DebugAdapterExecutableOptions; - } - - /** - * Options for a debug adapter executable. - */ - export interface DebugAdapterExecutableOptions { - - /** - * The additional environment of the executed program or shell. If omitted - * the parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged with - * the parent process' environment. - */ - env?: { [key: string]: string }; - - /** - * The current working directory for the executed debug adapter. - */ - cwd?: string; - } - - /** - * Represents a debug adapter running as a socket based server. - */ - export class DebugAdapterServer { - - /** - * The port. - */ - readonly port: number; - - /** - * The host. - */ - readonly host?: string; - - /** - * Create a description for a debug adapter running as a socket based server. - */ - constructor(port: number, host?: string); - } - - /** - * Represents a debug adapter running as a Named Pipe (on Windows)/UNIX Domain Socket (on non-Windows) based server. - */ - export class DebugAdapterNamedPipeServer { - /** - * The path to the NamedPipe/UNIX Domain Socket. - */ - readonly path: string; - - /** - * Create a description for a debug adapter running as a socket based server. - */ - constructor(path: string); - } - - /** - * A debug adapter that implements the Debug Adapter Protocol can be registered with VS Code if it implements the DebugAdapter interface. - */ - export interface DebugAdapter extends Disposable { - - /** - * An event which fires after the debug adapter has sent a Debug Adapter Protocol message to VS Code. - * Messages can be requests, responses, or events. - */ - readonly onDidSendMessage: Event; - - /** - * Handle a Debug Adapter Protocol message. - * Messages can be requests, responses, or events. - * Results or errors are returned via onSendMessage events. - * @param message A Debug Adapter Protocol message - */ - handleMessage(message: DebugProtocolMessage): void; - } - - /** - * A debug adapter descriptor for an inline implementation. - */ - export class DebugAdapterInlineImplementation { - - /** - * Create a descriptor for an inline implementation of a debug adapter. - */ - constructor(implementation: DebugAdapter); - } - - export type DebugAdapterDescriptor = DebugAdapterExecutable | DebugAdapterServer | DebugAdapterNamedPipeServer | DebugAdapterInlineImplementation; - - export interface DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory { - /** - * 'createDebugAdapterDescriptor' is called at the start of a debug session to provide details about the debug adapter to use. - * These details must be returned as objects of type [DebugAdapterDescriptor](#DebugAdapterDescriptor). - * Currently two types of debug adapters are supported: - * - a debug adapter executable is specified as a command path and arguments (see [DebugAdapterExecutable](#DebugAdapterExecutable)), - * - a debug adapter server reachable via a communication port (see [DebugAdapterServer](#DebugAdapterServer)). - * If the method is not implemented the default behavior is this: - * createDebugAdapter(session: DebugSession, executable: DebugAdapterExecutable) { - * if (typeof session.configuration.debugServer === 'number') { - * return new DebugAdapterServer(session.configuration.debugServer); - * } - * return executable; - * } - * @param session The [debug session](#DebugSession) for which the debug adapter will be used. - * @param executable The debug adapter's executable information as specified in the package.json (or undefined if no such information exists). - * @return a [debug adapter descriptor](#DebugAdapterDescriptor) or undefined. - */ - createDebugAdapterDescriptor(session: DebugSession, executable: DebugAdapterExecutable | undefined): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * A Debug Adapter Tracker is a means to track the communication between VS Code and a Debug Adapter. - */ - export interface DebugAdapterTracker { - /** - * A session with the debug adapter is about to be started. - */ - onWillStartSession?(): void; - /** - * The debug adapter is about to receive a Debug Adapter Protocol message from VS Code. - */ - onWillReceiveMessage?(message: any): void; - /** - * The debug adapter has sent a Debug Adapter Protocol message to VS Code. - */ - onDidSendMessage?(message: any): void; - /** - * The debug adapter session is about to be stopped. - */ - onWillStopSession?(): void; - /** - * An error with the debug adapter has occurred. - */ - onError?(error: Error): void; - /** - * The debug adapter has exited with the given exit code or signal. - */ - onExit?(code: number | undefined, signal: string | undefined): void; - } - - export interface DebugAdapterTrackerFactory { - /** - * The method 'createDebugAdapterTracker' is called at the start of a debug session in order - * to return a "tracker" object that provides read-access to the communication between VS Code and a debug adapter. - * - * @param session The [debug session](#DebugSession) for which the debug adapter tracker will be used. - * @return A [debug adapter tracker](#DebugAdapterTracker) or undefined. - */ - createDebugAdapterTracker(session: DebugSession): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * Represents the debug console. - */ - export interface DebugConsole { - /** - * Append the given value to the debug console. - * - * @param value A string, falsy values will not be printed. - */ - append(value: string): void; - - /** - * Append the given value and a line feed character - * to the debug console. - * - * @param value A string, falsy values will be printed. - */ - appendLine(value: string): void; - } - - /** - * An event describing the changes to the set of [breakpoints](#Breakpoint). - */ - export interface BreakpointsChangeEvent { - /** - * Added breakpoints. - */ - readonly added: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * Removed breakpoints. - */ - readonly removed: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * Changed breakpoints. - */ - readonly changed: ReadonlyArray; - } - - /** - * The base class of all breakpoint types. - */ - export class Breakpoint { - /** - * The unique ID of the breakpoint. - */ - readonly id: string; - /** - * Is breakpoint enabled. - */ - readonly enabled: boolean; - /** - * An optional expression for conditional breakpoints. - */ - readonly condition?: string; - /** - * An optional expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored. - */ - readonly hitCondition?: string; - /** - * An optional message that gets logged when this breakpoint is hit. Embedded expressions within {} are interpolated by the debug adapter. - */ - readonly logMessage?: string; - - protected constructor(enabled?: boolean, condition?: string, hitCondition?: string, logMessage?: string); - } - - /** - * A breakpoint specified by a source location. - */ - export class SourceBreakpoint extends Breakpoint { - /** - * The source and line position of this breakpoint. - */ - readonly location: Location; - - /** - * Create a new breakpoint for a source location. - */ - constructor(location: Location, enabled?: boolean, condition?: string, hitCondition?: string, logMessage?: string); - } - - /** - * A breakpoint specified by a function name. - */ - export class FunctionBreakpoint extends Breakpoint { - /** - * The name of the function to which this breakpoint is attached. - */ - readonly functionName: string; - - /** - * Create a new function breakpoint. - */ - constructor(functionName: string, enabled?: boolean, condition?: string, hitCondition?: string, logMessage?: string); - } - - /** - * Debug console mode used by debug session, see [options](#DebugSessionOptions). - */ - export enum DebugConsoleMode { - /** - * Debug session should have a separate debug console. - */ - Separate = 0, - - /** - * Debug session should share debug console with its parent session. - * This value has no effect for sessions which do not have a parent session. - */ - MergeWithParent = 1 - } - - /** - * Options for [starting a debug session](#debug.startDebugging). - */ - export interface DebugSessionOptions { - - /** - * When specified the newly created debug session is registered as a "child" session of this - * "parent" debug session. - */ - parentSession?: DebugSession; - - /** - * Controls whether this session should have a separate debug console or share it - * with the parent session. Has no effect for sessions which do not have a parent session. - * Defaults to Separate. - */ - consoleMode?: DebugConsoleMode; - - /** - * Controls whether this session should run without debugging, thus ignoring breakpoints. - * When this property is not specified, the value from the parent session (if there is one) is used. - */ - noDebug?: boolean; - - /** - * Controls if the debug session's parent session is shown in the CALL STACK view even if it has only a single child. - * By default, the debug session will never hide its parent. - * If compact is true, debug sessions with a single child are hidden in the CALL STACK view to make the tree more compact. - */ - compact?: boolean; - } - - /** - * A DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind specifies when the `provideDebugConfigurations` method of a `DebugConfigurationProvider` is triggered. - * Currently there are two situations: to provide the initial debug configurations for a newly created launch.json or - * to provide dynamically generated debug configurations when the user asks for them through the UI (e.g. via the "Select and Start Debugging" command). - * A trigger kind is used when registering a `DebugConfigurationProvider` with #debug.registerDebugConfigurationProvider. - */ - export enum DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind { - /** - * `DebugConfigurationProvider.provideDebugConfigurations` is called to provide the initial debug configurations for a newly created launch.json. - */ - Initial = 1, - /** - * `DebugConfigurationProvider.provideDebugConfigurations` is called to provide dynamically generated debug configurations when the user asks for them through the UI (e.g. via the "Select and Start Debugging" command). - */ - Dynamic = 2 - } - - /** - * Namespace for debug functionality. - */ - export namespace debug { - - /** - * The currently active [debug session](#DebugSession) or `undefined`. The active debug session is the one - * represented by the debug action floating window or the one currently shown in the drop down menu of the debug action floating window. - * If no debug session is active, the value is `undefined`. - */ - export let activeDebugSession: DebugSession | undefined; - - /** - * The currently active [debug console](#DebugConsole). - * If no debug session is active, output sent to the debug console is not shown. - */ - export let activeDebugConsole: DebugConsole; - - /** - * List of breakpoints. - */ - export let breakpoints: Breakpoint[]; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when the [active debug session](#debug.activeDebugSession) - * has changed. *Note* that the event also fires when the active debug session changes - * to `undefined`. - */ - export const onDidChangeActiveDebugSession: Event; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when a new [debug session](#DebugSession) has been started. - */ - export const onDidStartDebugSession: Event; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when a custom DAP event is received from the [debug session](#DebugSession). - */ - export const onDidReceiveDebugSessionCustomEvent: Event; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when a [debug session](#DebugSession) has terminated. - */ - export const onDidTerminateDebugSession: Event; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) that is emitted when the set of breakpoints is added, removed, or changed. - */ - export const onDidChangeBreakpoints: Event; - - /** - * Register a [debug configuration provider](#DebugConfigurationProvider) for a specific debug type. - * The optional [triggerKind](#DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind) can be used to specify when the `provideDebugConfigurations` method of the provider is triggered. - * Currently two trigger kinds are possible: with the value `Initial` (or if no trigger kind argument is given) the `provideDebugConfigurations` method is used to provide the initial debug configurations to be copied into a newly created launch.json. - * With the trigger kind `Dynamic` the `provideDebugConfigurations` method is used to dynamically determine debug configurations to be presented to the user (in addition to the static configurations from the launch.json). - * Please note that the `triggerKind` argument only applies to the `provideDebugConfigurations` method: so the `resolveDebugConfiguration` methods are not affected at all. - * Registering a single provider with resolve methods for different trigger kinds, results in the same resolve methods called multiple times. - * More than one provider can be registered for the same type. - * - * @param type The debug type for which the provider is registered. - * @param provider The [debug configuration provider](#DebugConfigurationProvider) to register. - * @param triggerKind The [trigger](#DebugConfigurationProviderTrigger) for which the 'provideDebugConfiguration' method of the provider is registered. If `triggerKind` is missing, the value `DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind.Initial` is assumed. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this provider when being disposed. - */ - export function registerDebugConfigurationProvider(debugType: string, provider: DebugConfigurationProvider, triggerKind?: DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a [debug adapter descriptor factory](#DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory) for a specific debug type. - * An extension is only allowed to register a DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory for the debug type(s) defined by the extension. Otherwise an error is thrown. - * Registering more than one DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory for a debug type results in an error. - * - * @param debugType The debug type for which the factory is registered. - * @param factory The [debug adapter descriptor factory](#DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory) to register. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this factory when being disposed. - */ - export function registerDebugAdapterDescriptorFactory(debugType: string, factory: DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory): Disposable; - - /** - * Register a debug adapter tracker factory for the given debug type. - * - * @param debugType The debug type for which the factory is registered or '*' for matching all debug types. - * @param factory The [debug adapter tracker factory](#DebugAdapterTrackerFactory) to register. - * @return A [disposable](#Disposable) that unregisters this factory when being disposed. - */ - export function registerDebugAdapterTrackerFactory(debugType: string, factory: DebugAdapterTrackerFactory): Disposable; - - /** - * Start debugging by using either a named launch or named compound configuration, - * or by directly passing a [DebugConfiguration](#DebugConfiguration). - * The named configurations are looked up in '.vscode/launch.json' found in the given folder. - * Before debugging starts, all unsaved files are saved and the launch configurations are brought up-to-date. - * Folder specific variables used in the configuration (e.g. '${workspaceFolder}') are resolved against the given folder. - * @param folder The [workspace folder](#WorkspaceFolder) for looking up named configurations and resolving variables or `undefined` for a non-folder setup. - * @param nameOrConfiguration Either the name of a debug or compound configuration or a [DebugConfiguration](#DebugConfiguration) object. - * @param parentSessionOrOptions Debug session options. When passed a parent [debug session](#DebugSession), assumes options with just this parent session. - * @return A thenable that resolves when debugging could be successfully started. - */ - export function startDebugging(folder: WorkspaceFolder | undefined, nameOrConfiguration: string | DebugConfiguration, parentSessionOrOptions?: DebugSession | DebugSessionOptions): Thenable; - - /** - * Stop the given debug session or stop all debug sessions if session is omitted. - * @param session The [debug session](#DebugSession) to stop; if omitted all sessions are stopped. - */ - export function stopDebugging(session?: DebugSession): Thenable; - - /** - * Add breakpoints. - * @param breakpoints The breakpoints to add. - */ - export function addBreakpoints(breakpoints: Breakpoint[]): void; - - /** - * Remove breakpoints. - * @param breakpoints The breakpoints to remove. - */ - export function removeBreakpoints(breakpoints: Breakpoint[]): void; - - /** - * Converts a "Source" descriptor object received via the Debug Adapter Protocol into a Uri that can be used to load its contents. - * If the source descriptor is based on a path, a file Uri is returned. - * If the source descriptor uses a reference number, a specific debug Uri (scheme 'debug') is constructed that requires a corresponding VS Code ContentProvider and a running debug session - * - * If the "Source" descriptor has insufficient information for creating the Uri, an error is thrown. - * - * @param source An object conforming to the [Source](https://microsoft.github.io/debug-adapter-protocol/specification#Types_Source) type defined in the Debug Adapter Protocol. - * @param session An optional debug session that will be used when the source descriptor uses a reference number to load the contents from an active debug session. - * @return A uri that can be used to load the contents of the source. - */ - export function asDebugSourceUri(source: DebugProtocolSource, session?: DebugSession): Uri; - } - - /** - * Namespace for dealing with installed extensions. Extensions are represented - * by an [extension](#Extension)-interface which enables reflection on them. - * - * Extension writers can provide APIs to other extensions by returning their API public - * surface from the `activate`-call. - * - * ```javascript - * export function activate(context: vscode.ExtensionContext) { - * let api = { - * sum(a, b) { - * return a + b; - * }, - * mul(a, b) { - * return a * b; - * } - * }; - * // 'export' public api-surface - * return api; - * } - * ``` - * When depending on the API of another extension add an `extensionDependencies`-entry - * to `package.json`, and use the [getExtension](#extensions.getExtension)-function - * and the [exports](#Extension.exports)-property, like below: - * - * ```javascript - * let mathExt = extensions.getExtension('genius.math'); - * let importedApi = mathExt.exports; - * - * console.log(importedApi.mul(42, 1)); - * ``` - */ - export namespace extensions { - - /** - * Get an extension by its full identifier in the form of: `publisher.name`. - * - * @param extensionId An extension identifier. - * @return An extension or `undefined`. - */ - export function getExtension(extensionId: string): Extension | undefined; - - /** - * Get an extension by its full identifier in the form of: `publisher.name`. - * - * @param extensionId An extension identifier. - * @return An extension or `undefined`. - */ - export function getExtension(extensionId: string): Extension | undefined; - - /** - * All extensions currently known to the system. - */ - export const all: ReadonlyArray>; - - /** - * An event which fires when `extensions.all` changes. This can happen when extensions are - * installed, uninstalled, enabled or disabled. - */ - export const onDidChange: Event; - } - - //#region Comments - - /** - * Collapsible state of a [comment thread](#CommentThread) - */ - export enum CommentThreadCollapsibleState { - /** - * Determines an item is collapsed - */ - Collapsed = 0, - - /** - * Determines an item is expanded - */ - Expanded = 1 - } - - /** - * Comment mode of a [comment](#Comment) - */ - export enum CommentMode { - /** - * Displays the comment editor - */ - Editing = 0, - - /** - * Displays the preview of the comment - */ - Preview = 1 - } - - /** - * A collection of [comments](#Comment) representing a conversation at a particular range in a document. - */ - export interface CommentThread { - /** - * The uri of the document the thread has been created on. - */ - readonly uri: Uri; - - /** - * The range the comment thread is located within the document. The thread icon will be shown - * at the first line of the range. - */ - range: Range; - - /** - * The ordered comments of the thread. - */ - comments: ReadonlyArray; - - /** - * Whether the thread should be collapsed or expanded when opening the document. - * Defaults to Collapsed. - */ - collapsibleState: CommentThreadCollapsibleState; - - /** - * Whether the thread supports reply. - * Defaults to true. - */ - canReply: boolean; - - /** - * Context value of the comment thread. This can be used to contribute thread specific actions. - * For example, a comment thread is given a context value as `editable`. When contributing actions to `comments/commentThread/title` - * using `menus` extension point, you can specify context value for key `commentThread` in `when` expression like `commentThread == editable`. - * ``` - * "contributes": { - * "menus": { - * "comments/commentThread/title": [ - * { - * "command": "extension.deleteCommentThread", - * "when": "commentThread == editable" - * } - * ] - * } - * } - * ``` - * This will show action `extension.deleteCommentThread` only for comment threads with `contextValue` is `editable`. - */ - contextValue?: string; - - /** - * The optional human-readable label describing the [Comment Thread](#CommentThread) - */ - label?: string; - - /** - * Dispose this comment thread. - * - * Once disposed, this comment thread will be removed from visible editors and Comment Panel when appropriate. - */ - dispose(): void; - } - - /** - * Author information of a [comment](#Comment) - */ - export interface CommentAuthorInformation { - /** - * The display name of the author of the comment - */ - name: string; - - /** - * The optional icon path for the author - */ - iconPath?: Uri; - } - - /** - * Reactions of a [comment](#Comment) - */ - export interface CommentReaction { - /** - * The human-readable label for the reaction - */ - readonly label: string; - - /** - * Icon for the reaction shown in UI. - */ - readonly iconPath: string | Uri; - - /** - * The number of users who have reacted to this reaction - */ - readonly count: number; - - /** - * Whether the [author](CommentAuthorInformation) of the comment has reacted to this reaction - */ - readonly authorHasReacted: boolean; - } - - /** - * A comment is displayed within the editor or the Comments Panel, depending on how it is provided. - */ - export interface Comment { - /** - * The human-readable comment body - */ - body: string | MarkdownString; - - /** - * [Comment mode](#CommentMode) of the comment - */ - mode: CommentMode; - - /** - * The [author information](#CommentAuthorInformation) of the comment - */ - author: CommentAuthorInformation; - - /** - * Context value of the comment. This can be used to contribute comment specific actions. - * For example, a comment is given a context value as `editable`. When contributing actions to `comments/comment/title` - * using `menus` extension point, you can specify context value for key `comment` in `when` expression like `comment == editable`. - * ```json - * "contributes": { - * "menus": { - * "comments/comment/title": [ - * { - * "command": "extension.deleteComment", - * "when": "comment == editable" - * } - * ] - * } - * } - * ``` - * This will show action `extension.deleteComment` only for comments with `contextValue` is `editable`. - */ - contextValue?: string; - - /** - * Optional reactions of the [comment](#Comment) - */ - reactions?: CommentReaction[]; - - /** - * Optional label describing the [Comment](#Comment) - * Label will be rendered next to authorName if exists. - */ - label?: string; - } - - /** - * Command argument for actions registered in `comments/commentThread/context`. - */ - export interface CommentReply { - /** - * The active [comment thread](#CommentThread) - */ - thread: CommentThread; - - /** - * The value in the comment editor - */ - text: string; - } - - /** - * Commenting range provider for a [comment controller](#CommentController). - */ - export interface CommentingRangeProvider { - /** - * Provide a list of ranges which allow new comment threads creation or null for a given document - */ - provideCommentingRanges(document: TextDocument, token: CancellationToken): ProviderResult; - } - - /** - * Represents a [comment controller](#CommentController)'s [options](#CommentController.options). - */ - export interface CommentOptions { - /** - * An optional string to show on the comment input box when it's collapsed. - */ - prompt?: string; - - /** - * An optional string to show as placeholder in the comment input box when it's focused. - */ - placeHolder?: string; - } - - /** - * A comment controller is able to provide [comments](#CommentThread) support to the editor and - * provide users various ways to interact with comments. - */ - export interface CommentController { - /** - * The id of this comment controller. - */ - readonly id: string; - - /** - * The human-readable label of this comment controller. - */ - readonly label: string; - - /** - * Comment controller options - */ - options?: CommentOptions; - - /** - * Optional commenting range provider. Provide a list [ranges](#Range) which support commenting to any given resource uri. - * - * If not provided, users can leave comments in any document opened in the editor. - */ - commentingRangeProvider?: CommentingRangeProvider; - - /** - * Create a [comment thread](#CommentThread). The comment thread will be displayed in visible text editors (if the resource matches) - * and Comments Panel once created. - * - * @param uri The uri of the document the thread has been created on. - * @param range The range the comment thread is located within the document. - * @param comments The ordered comments of the thread. - */ - createCommentThread(uri: Uri, range: Range, comments: Comment[]): CommentThread; - - /** - * Optional reaction handler for creating and deleting reactions on a [comment](#Comment). - */ - reactionHandler?: (comment: Comment, reaction: CommentReaction) => Promise; - - /** - * Dispose this comment controller. - * - * Once disposed, all [comment threads](#CommentThread) created by this comment controller will also be removed from the editor - * and Comments Panel. - */ - dispose(): void; - } - - namespace comments { - /** - * Creates a new [comment controller](#CommentController) instance. - * - * @param id An `id` for the comment controller. - * @param label A human-readable string for the comment controller. - * @return An instance of [comment controller](#CommentController). - */ - export function createCommentController(id: string, label: string): CommentController; - } - - //#endregion - - /** - * Represents a session of a currently logged in user. - */ - export interface AuthenticationSession { - /** - * The identifier of the authentication session. - */ - readonly id: string; - - /** - * The access token. - */ - readonly accessToken: string; - - /** - * The account associated with the session. - */ - readonly account: AuthenticationSessionAccountInformation; - - /** - * The permissions granted by the session's access token. Available scopes - * are defined by the [AuthenticationProvider](#AuthenticationProvider). - */ - readonly scopes: ReadonlyArray; - } - - /** - * The information of an account associated with an [AuthenticationSession](#AuthenticationSession). - */ - export interface AuthenticationSessionAccountInformation { - /** - * The unique identifier of the account. - */ - readonly id: string; - - /** - * The human-readable name of the account. - */ - readonly label: string; - } - - - /** - * Options to be used when getting an [AuthenticationSession](#AuthenticationSession) from an [AuthenticationProvider](#AuthenticationProvider). - */ - export interface AuthenticationGetSessionOptions { - /** - * Whether login should be performed if there is no matching session. - * - * If true, a modal dialog will be shown asking the user to sign in. If false, a numbered badge will be shown - * on the accounts activity bar icon. An entry for the extension will be added under the menu to sign in. This - * allows quietly prompting the user to sign in. - * - * Defaults to false. - */ - createIfNone?: boolean; - - /** - * Whether the existing user session preference should be cleared. - * - * For authentication providers that support being signed into multiple accounts at once, the user will be - * prompted to select an account to use when [getSession](#authentication.getSession) is called. This preference - * is remembered until [getSession](#authentication.getSession) is called with this flag. - * - * Defaults to false. - */ - clearSessionPreference?: boolean; - } - - /** - * Basic information about an [authenticationProvider](#AuthenticationProvider) - */ - export interface AuthenticationProviderInformation { - /** - * The unique identifier of the authentication provider. - */ - readonly id: string; - - /** - * The human-readable name of the authentication provider. - */ - readonly label: string; - } - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when an [AuthenticationSession](#AuthenticationSession) is added, removed, or changed. - */ - export interface AuthenticationSessionsChangeEvent { - /** - * The [authenticationProvider](#AuthenticationProvider) that has had its sessions change. - */ - readonly provider: AuthenticationProviderInformation; - } - - /** - * Namespace for authentication. - */ - export namespace authentication { - /** - * Get an authentication session matching the desired scopes. Rejects if a provider with providerId is not - * registered, or if the user does not consent to sharing authentication information with - * the extension. If there are multiple sessions with the same scopes, the user will be shown a - * quickpick to select which account they would like to use. - * - * Currently, there are only two authentication providers that are contributed from built in extensions - * to VS Code that implement GitHub and Microsoft authentication: their providerId's are 'github' and 'microsoft'. - * @param providerId The id of the provider to use - * @param scopes A list of scopes representing the permissions requested. These are dependent on the authentication provider - * @param options The [getSessionOptions](#GetSessionOptions) to use - * @returns A thenable that resolves to an authentication session - */ - export function getSession(providerId: string, scopes: string[], options: AuthenticationGetSessionOptions & { createIfNone: true }): Thenable; - - /** - * Get an authentication session matching the desired scopes. Rejects if a provider with providerId is not - * registered, or if the user does not consent to sharing authentication information with - * the extension. If there are multiple sessions with the same scopes, the user will be shown a - * quickpick to select which account they would like to use. - * - * Currently, there are only two authentication providers that are contributed from built in extensions - * to VS Code that implement GitHub and Microsoft authentication: their providerId's are 'github' and 'microsoft'. - * @param providerId The id of the provider to use - * @param scopes A list of scopes representing the permissions requested. These are dependent on the authentication provider - * @param options The [getSessionOptions](#GetSessionOptions) to use - * @returns A thenable that resolves to an authentication session if available, or undefined if there are no sessions - */ - export function getSession(providerId: string, scopes: string[], options?: AuthenticationGetSessionOptions): Thenable; - - /** - * An [event](#Event) which fires when the authentication sessions of an authentication provider have - * been added, removed, or changed. - */ - export const onDidChangeSessions: Event; - } -} - -/** - * Thenable is a common denominator between ES6 promises, Q, jquery.Deferred, WinJS.Promise, - * and others. This API makes no assumption about what promise library is being used which - * enables reusing existing code without migrating to a specific promise implementation. Still, - * we recommend the use of native promises which are available in this editor. - */ -interface Thenable { - /** - * Attaches callbacks for the resolution and/or rejection of the Promise. - * @param onfulfilled The callback to execute when the Promise is resolved. - * @param onrejected The callback to execute when the Promise is rejected. - * @returns A Promise for the completion of which ever callback is executed. - */ - then(onfulfilled?: (value: T) => TResult | Thenable, onrejected?: (reason: any) => TResult | Thenable): Thenable; - then(onfulfilled?: (value: T) => TResult | Thenable, onrejected?: (reason: any) => void): Thenable; -} diff --git a/yarn.lock b/yarn.lock index c76221b..d71773e 100644 --- a/yarn.lock +++ b/yarn.lock @@ -291,6 +291,11 @@ dependencies: source-map "^0.6.1" +"@types/vscode@1.51.0": + version "1.51.0" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/@types/vscode/-/vscode-1.51.0.tgz#f2e324d8385db95030b1454fd1f043618e08097d" + integrity sha512-C/jZ35OT5k/rsJyAK8mS1kM++vMcm89oSWegkzxRCvHllIq0cToZAkIDs6eCY4SKrvik3nrhELizyLcM0onbQA== + "@types/webpack-sources@*": version "2.0.0" resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/@types/webpack-sources/-/webpack-sources-2.0.0.tgz#08216ab9be2be2e1499beaebc4d469cec81e82a7" @@ -567,12 +572,12 @@ acorn-jsx@^5.2.0: resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/acorn-jsx/-/acorn-jsx-5.3.1.tgz#fc8661e11b7ac1539c47dbfea2e72b3af34d267b" integrity sha512-K0Ptm/47OKfQRpNQ2J/oIN/3QYiK6FwW+eJbILhsdxh2WTLdl+30o8aGdTbm5JbffpFFAg/g+zi1E+jvJha5ng== -acorn-walk@^7.1.1: - version "7.2.0" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/acorn-walk/-/acorn-walk-7.2.0.tgz#0de889a601203909b0fbe07b8938dc21d2e967bc" - integrity sha512-OPdCF6GsMIP+Az+aWfAAOEt2/+iVDKE7oy6lJ098aoe59oAmK76qV6Gw60SbZ8jHuG2wH058GF4pLFbYamYrVA== +acorn-walk@^8.0.0: + version "8.0.0" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/acorn-walk/-/acorn-walk-8.0.0.tgz#56ae4c0f434a45fff4a125e7ea95fa9c98f67a16" + integrity sha512-oZRad/3SMOI/pxbbmqyurIx7jHw1wZDcR9G44L8pUVFEomX/0dH89SrM1KaDXuv1NpzAXz6Op/Xu/Qd5XXzdEA== -acorn@^7.1.1, acorn@^7.4.0: +acorn@^7.4.0: version "7.4.1" resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/acorn/-/acorn-7.4.1.tgz#feaed255973d2e77555b83dbc08851a6c63520fa" integrity sha512-nQyp0o1/mNdbTO1PO6kHkwSrmgZ0MT/jCCpNiwbUjGoRN4dlBhqJtoQuCnEOKzgTVwg0ZWiCoQy6SxMebQVh8A== @@ -787,16 +792,16 @@ async-foreach@^0.1.3: resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/async-foreach/-/async-foreach-0.1.3.tgz#36121f845c0578172de419a97dbeb1d16ec34542" integrity sha1-NhIfhFwFeBct5Bmpfb6x0W7DRUI= -async-limiter@~1.0.0: - version "1.0.1" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/async-limiter/-/async-limiter-1.0.1.tgz#dd379e94f0db8310b08291f9d64c3209766617fd" - integrity sha512-csOlWGAcRFJaI6m+F2WKdnMKr4HhdhFVBk0H/QbJFMCr+uO2kwohwXQPxw/9OCxp05r5ghVBFSyioixx3gfkNQ== - async-throttle@^1.1.0: version "1.1.0" resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/async-throttle/-/async-throttle-1.1.0.tgz#229e7f3fa7a2a797e86f360e6309a08224d4fa7a" integrity sha1-Ip5/P6eip5fobzYOYwmggiTU+no= +async@0.9.x: + version "0.9.2" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/async/-/async-0.9.2.tgz#aea74d5e61c1f899613bf64bda66d4c78f2fd17d" + integrity sha1-rqdNXmHB+JlhO/ZL2mbUx48v0X0= + asynckit@^0.4.0: version "0.4.0" resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/asynckit/-/asynckit-0.4.0.tgz#c79ed97f7f34cb8f2ba1bc9790bcc366474b4b79" @@ -875,16 +880,6 @@ bcrypt-pbkdf@^1.0.0: dependencies: tweetnacl "^0.14.3" -bfj@^6.1.1: - version "6.1.2" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/bfj/-/bfj-6.1.2.tgz#325c861a822bcb358a41c78a33b8e6e2086dde7f" - integrity sha512-BmBJa4Lip6BPRINSZ0BPEIfB1wUY/9rwbwvIHQA1KjX9om29B6id0wnWXq7m3bn5JrUVjeOTnVuhPT1FiHwPGw== - dependencies: - bluebird "^3.5.5" - check-types "^8.0.3" - hoopy "^0.1.4" - tryer "^1.0.1" - big.js@^5.2.2: version "5.2.2" resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/big.js/-/big.js-5.2.2.tgz#65f0af382f578bcdc742bd9c281e9cb2d7768328" @@ -951,11 +946,6 @@ bl@^1.0.0: readable-stream "^2.3.5" safe-buffer "^5.1.1" -bluebird@^3.5.5: - version "3.7.2" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/bluebird/-/bluebird-3.7.2.tgz#9f229c15be272454ffa973ace0dbee79a1b0c36f" - integrity sha512-XpNj6GDQzdfW+r2Wnn7xiSAd7TM3jzkxGXBGTtWKuSXv1xUV+azxAm8jdWZN06QTQk+2N2XB9jRDkvbmQmcRtg== - body-parser@1.19.0: version "1.19.0" resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/body-parser/-/body-parser-1.19.0.tgz#96b2709e57c9c4e09a6fd66a8fd979844f69f08a" @@ -1194,11 +1184,6 @@ chalk@^4.0.0, chalk@^4.1.0: ansi-styles "^4.1.0" supports-color "^7.1.0" -check-types@^8.0.3: - version "8.0.3" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/check-types/-/check-types-8.0.3.tgz#3356cca19c889544f2d7a95ed49ce508a0ecf552" - integrity sha512-YpeKZngUmG65rLudJ4taU7VLkOCTMhNl/u4ctNC56LQS/zJTyNH0Lrtwm1tfTsbLlwvlfsA2d1c8vCf/Kh2KwQ== - cheerio@^1.0.0-rc.1, cheerio@^1.0.0-rc.3: version "1.0.0-rc.3" resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/cheerio/-/cheerio-1.0.0-rc.3.tgz#094636d425b2e9c0f4eb91a46c05630c9a1a8bf6" @@ -1359,7 +1344,7 @@ command-line-usage@^6.1.0: table-layout "^1.0.0" typical "^5.2.0" -commander@^2.18.0, commander@^2.20.0, commander@^2.8.1: +commander@^2.20.0, commander@^2.8.1: version "2.20.3" resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/commander/-/commander-2.20.3.tgz#fd485e84c03eb4881c20722ba48035e8531aeb33" integrity sha512-GpVkmM8vF2vQUkj2LvZmD35JxeJOLCwJ9cUkugyk2nuhbv3+mJvpLYYt+0+USMxE+oj+ey/lJEnhZw75x/OMcQ== @@ -1595,10 +1580,10 @@ dashdash@^1.12.0: dependencies: assert-plus "^1.0.0" -dayjs@1.9.4: - version "1.9.4" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/dayjs/-/dayjs-1.9.4.tgz#fcde984e227f4296f04e7b05720adad2e1071f1b" - integrity sha512-ABSF3alrldf7nM9sQ2U+Ln67NRwmzlLOqG7kK03kck0mw3wlSSEKv/XhKGGxUjQcS57QeiCyNdrFgtj9nWlrng== +dayjs@1.9.5: + version "1.9.5" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/dayjs/-/dayjs-1.9.5.tgz#fd49994ebe71639d2ce9575e97186642dfce9808" + integrity sha512-WULIw7UpW/E0y6VywewpbXAMH3d5cZijEhoHLwM+OMVbk/NtchKS/W+57H/0P1rqU7gHrAArjiRLHCUhgMQl6w== debug@2.6.9, debug@^2.2.0, debug@^2.3.3, debug@^2.6.8, debug@^2.6.9: version "2.6.9" @@ -1948,15 +1933,17 @@ ee-first@1.1.1: resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/ee-first/-/ee-first-1.1.1.tgz#590c61156b0ae2f4f0255732a158b266bc56b21d" integrity sha1-WQxhFWsK4vTwJVcyoViyZrxWsh0= -ejs@^2.6.1: - version "2.7.4" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/ejs/-/ejs-2.7.4.tgz#48661287573dcc53e366c7a1ae52c3a120eec9ba" - integrity sha512-7vmuyh5+kuUyJKePhQfRQBhXV5Ce+RnaeeQArKu1EAMpL3WbgMt5WG6uQZpEVvYSSsxMXRKOewtDk9RaTKXRlA== +ejs@^3.1.5: + version "3.1.5" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/ejs/-/ejs-3.1.5.tgz#aed723844dc20acb4b170cd9ab1017e476a0d93b" + integrity sha512-dldq3ZfFtgVTJMLjOe+/3sROTzALlL9E34V4/sDtUd/KlBSS0s6U1/+WPE1B4sj9CXHJpL1M6rhNJnc9Wbal9w== + dependencies: + jake "^10.6.1" electron-to-chromium@^1.3.585: - version "1.3.589" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/electron-to-chromium/-/electron-to-chromium-1.3.589.tgz#bd26183ed8697dde6ac19acbc16a3bf33b1f8220" - integrity sha512-rQItBTFnol20HaaLm26UgSUduX7iGerwW7pEYX17MB1tI6LzFajiLV7iZ7LVcUcsN/7HrZUoCLrBauChy/IqEg== + version "1.3.591" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/electron-to-chromium/-/electron-to-chromium-1.3.591.tgz#a18892bf1acb93f7b6e4da402705d564bc235017" + integrity sha512-ol/0WzjL4NS4Kqy9VD6xXQON91xIihDT36sYCew/G/bnd1v0/4D+kahp26JauQhgFUjrdva3kRSo7URcUmQ+qw== emoji-regex@^7.0.1: version "7.0.3" @@ -2178,10 +2165,10 @@ eslint-visitor-keys@^2.0.0: resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/eslint-visitor-keys/-/eslint-visitor-keys-2.0.0.tgz#21fdc8fbcd9c795cc0321f0563702095751511a8" integrity sha512-QudtT6av5WXels9WjIM7qz1XD1cWGvX4gGXvp/zBn9nXG02D0utdU3Em2m/QjTnrsk6bBjmCygl3rmj118msQQ== -eslint@7.12.1: - version "7.12.1" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/eslint/-/eslint-7.12.1.tgz#bd9a81fa67a6cfd51656cdb88812ce49ccec5801" - integrity sha512-HlMTEdr/LicJfN08LB3nM1rRYliDXOmfoO4vj39xN6BLpFzF00hbwBoqHk8UcJ2M/3nlARZWy/mslvGEuZFvsg== +eslint@7.13.0: + version "7.13.0" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/eslint/-/eslint-7.13.0.tgz#7f180126c0dcdef327bfb54b211d7802decc08da" + integrity sha512-uCORMuOO8tUzJmsdRtrvcGq5qposf7Rw0LwkTJkoDbOycVQtQjmnhZSuLQnozLE4TmAzlMVV45eCHmQ1OpDKUQ== dependencies: "@babel/code-frame" "^7.0.0" "@eslint/eslintrc" "^0.2.1" @@ -2364,7 +2351,7 @@ expand-brackets@^2.1.4: snapdragon "^0.8.1" to-regex "^3.0.1" -express@^4.16.3: +express@^4.17.1: version "4.17.1" resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/express/-/express-4.17.1.tgz#4491fc38605cf51f8629d39c2b5d026f98a4c134" integrity sha512-mHJ9O79RqluphRrcw2X/GTh3k9tVv8YcoyY4Kkh4WDMUYKRZUq0h1o0w2rrrxBqM7VoeUVqgb27xlEMXTnYt4g== @@ -2557,6 +2544,13 @@ file-type@^8.1.0: resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/file-type/-/file-type-8.1.0.tgz#244f3b7ef641bbe0cca196c7276e4b332399f68c" integrity sha512-qyQ0pzAy78gVoJsmYeNgl8uH8yKhr1lVhW7JbzJmnlRi0I4R2eEDEJZVKG8agpDnLpacwNbDhLNG/LMdxHD2YQ== +filelist@^1.0.1: + version "1.0.1" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/filelist/-/filelist-1.0.1.tgz#f10d1a3ae86c1694808e8f20906f43d4c9132dbb" + integrity sha512-8zSK6Nu0DQIC08mUC46sWGXi+q3GGpKydAG36k+JDba6VRpkevvOWUW5a/PhShij4+vHT9M+ghgG7eM+a9JDUQ== + dependencies: + minimatch "^3.0.4" + filename-reserved-regex@^2.0.0: version "2.0.0" resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/filename-reserved-regex/-/filename-reserved-regex-2.0.0.tgz#abf73dfab735d045440abfea2d91f389ebbfa229" @@ -2571,10 +2565,10 @@ filenamify@^2.0.0: strip-outer "^1.0.0" trim-repeated "^1.0.0" -filesize@^3.6.1: - version "3.6.1" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/filesize/-/filesize-3.6.1.tgz#090bb3ee01b6f801a8a8be99d31710b3422bb317" - integrity sha512-7KjR1vv6qnicaPMi1iiTcI85CyYwRO/PSFCu6SvqL8jN2Wjt/NIYQTFtFs7fSDCYOstUkEWIQGFUg5YZQfjlcg== +filesize@^6.1.0: + version "6.1.0" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/filesize/-/filesize-6.1.0.tgz#e81bdaa780e2451d714d71c0d7a4f3238d37ad00" + integrity sha512-LpCHtPQ3sFx67z+uh2HnSyWSLLu5Jxo21795uRDuar/EOuYWXib5EmPaGIBuSnRqH2IODiKA2k5re/K9OnN/Yg== fill-range@^4.0.0: version "4.0.0" @@ -2667,10 +2661,10 @@ forever-agent@~0.6.1: resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/forever-agent/-/forever-agent-0.6.1.tgz#fbc71f0c41adeb37f96c577ad1ed42d8fdacca91" integrity sha1-+8cfDEGt6zf5bFd60e1C2P2sypE= -fork-ts-checker-webpack-plugin@6.0.0-alpha.3: - version "6.0.0-alpha.3" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/fork-ts-checker-webpack-plugin/-/fork-ts-checker-webpack-plugin-6.0.0-alpha.3.tgz#2c8db36f63507e7e87d1bf65f18103d275322cfc" - integrity sha512-gQkcUcxHpAnLlOe8BXQyy5zkZCKaXrumILMl9OX6/J7ZBQQGT2n8KknCixOntW+LfzlHijkoAeRt+8jM5nYUtA== +fork-ts-checker-webpack-plugin@6.0.0: + version "6.0.0" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/fork-ts-checker-webpack-plugin/-/fork-ts-checker-webpack-plugin-6.0.0.tgz#7166d972fb07ce4b6e954085e02159a82d030d62" + integrity sha512-fa+ergrDxdy8d8fkCp14hy9slxrdXUnWwaHZEyM+k9qimq3RA+x3GncTz3oliTZrTshCTiFz8auPBedS19Tviw== dependencies: "@babel/code-frame" "^7.8.3" "@types/json-schema" "^7.0.5" @@ -3004,7 +2998,7 @@ graceful-fs@^4.1.10, graceful-fs@^4.1.2, graceful-fs@^4.1.6, graceful-fs@^4.2.0, resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/graceful-fs/-/graceful-fs-4.2.4.tgz#2256bde14d3632958c465ebc96dc467ca07a29fb" integrity sha512-WjKPNJF79dtJAVniUlGGWHYGz2jWxT6VhN/4m1NdkbZ2nOsEF+cI1Edgql5zCRhs/VsQYRvrXctxktVXZUkixw== -gzip-size@^5.0.0: +gzip-size@^5.1.1: version "5.1.1" resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/gzip-size/-/gzip-size-5.1.1.tgz#cb9bee692f87c0612b232840a873904e4c135274" integrity sha512-FNHi6mmoHvs1mxZAds4PpdCS6QG8B4C1krxJsMutgxl5t3+GlRTzzI3NEkifXx2pVsOvJdOGSmIgDhQ55FwdPA== @@ -3107,11 +3101,6 @@ he@^1.2.0: resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/he/-/he-1.2.0.tgz#84ae65fa7eafb165fddb61566ae14baf05664f0f" integrity sha512-F/1DnUGPopORZi0ni+CvrCgHQ5FyEAHRLSApuYWMmrbSwoN2Mn/7k+Gl38gJnR7yyDZk6WLXwiGod1JOWNDKGw== -hoopy@^0.1.4: - version "0.1.4" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/hoopy/-/hoopy-0.1.4.tgz#609207d661100033a9a9402ad3dea677381c1b1d" - integrity sha512-HRcs+2mr52W0K+x8RzcLzuPPmVIKMSv97RGHy0Ea9y/mpcaK+xTrjICA04KAHi4GRzxliNqNJEFYWHghy3rSfQ== - hosted-git-info@^2.1.4: version "2.8.8" resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/hosted-git-info/-/hosted-git-info-2.8.8.tgz#7539bd4bc1e0e0a895815a2e0262420b12858488" @@ -3731,6 +3720,16 @@ isurl@^1.0.0-alpha5: has-to-string-tag-x "^1.2.0" is-object "^1.0.1" +jake@^10.6.1: + version "10.8.2" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/jake/-/jake-10.8.2.tgz#ebc9de8558160a66d82d0eadc6a2e58fbc500a7b" + integrity sha512-eLpKyrfG3mzvGE2Du8VoPbeSkRry093+tyNjdYaBbJS9v17knImYGNXQCUV0gLxQtF82m3E8iRb/wdSQZLoq7A== + dependencies: + async "0.9.x" + chalk "^2.4.2" + filelist "^1.0.1" + minimatch "^3.0.4" + jest-worker@^26.6.1: version "26.6.2" resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/jest-worker/-/jest-worker-26.6.2.tgz#7f72cbc4d643c365e27b9fd775f9d0eaa9c7a8ed" @@ -4212,10 +4211,10 @@ mimic-response@^1.0.0: resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/mimic-response/-/mimic-response-1.0.1.tgz#4923538878eef42063cb8a3e3b0798781487ab1b" integrity sha512-j5EctnkH7amfV/q5Hgmoal1g2QHFJRraOtmx0JpIqkxhBhI/lJSl1nMpQ45hVarwNETOoWEimndZ4QK0RHxuxQ== -mini-css-extract-plugin@1.2.1: - version "1.2.1" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/mini-css-extract-plugin/-/mini-css-extract-plugin-1.2.1.tgz#30ea7dee632b3002b0c77aeed447790408cb247e" - integrity sha512-G3yw7/TQaPfkuiR73MDcyiqhyP8SnbmLhUbpC76H+wtQxA6wfKhMCQOCb6wnPK0dQbjORAeOILQqEesg4/wF7A== +mini-css-extract-plugin@1.3.0: + version "1.3.0" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/mini-css-extract-plugin/-/mini-css-extract-plugin-1.3.0.tgz#bbcba978b68c39f0a9c75822cfb2874f9cf6b018" + integrity sha512-4DKmPwFd0XKlwoqvrkLi2X8Mlosh2ey/E/OVAucnPUdzGqrSWHgSqed/p4Ue2Q39JjIvcdSDgmZDO6mir5Ovmw== dependencies: loader-utils "^2.0.0" schema-utils "^3.0.0" @@ -4263,7 +4262,7 @@ mkdirp@^0.5.1, mkdirp@~0.5.1: dependencies: minimist "^1.2.5" -mkdirp@^1.0.3: +mkdirp@^1.0.3, mkdirp@^1.0.4: version "1.0.4" resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/mkdirp/-/mkdirp-1.0.4.tgz#3eb5ed62622756d79a5f0e2a221dfebad75c2f7e" integrity sha512-vVqVZQyf3WLx2Shd0qJ9xuvqgAyKPLAiqITEtqW0oIUjzo3PePDd6fW9iFz30ef7Ysp/oiWqbhszeGWW2T6Gzw== @@ -4385,9 +4384,9 @@ node-gyp@^7.1.0: which "^2.0.2" node-releases@^1.1.65: - version "1.1.65" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/node-releases/-/node-releases-1.1.65.tgz#52d9579176bd60f23eba05c4438583f341944b81" - integrity sha512-YpzJOe2WFIW0V4ZkJQd/DGR/zdVwc/pI4Nl1CZrBO19FdRcSTmsuhdttw9rsTzzJLrNcSloLiBbEYx1C4f6gpA== + version "1.1.66" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/node-releases/-/node-releases-1.1.66.tgz#609bd0dc069381015cd982300bae51ab4f1b1814" + integrity sha512-JHEQ1iWPGK+38VLB2H9ef2otU4l8s3yAMt9Xf934r6+ojCYDMHPMqvCc9TnzfeFSP1QEOeU6YZEd3+De0LTCgg== node-sass@5.0.0: version "5.0.0" @@ -4578,7 +4577,7 @@ onetime@^5.1.0: dependencies: mimic-fn "^2.1.0" -opener@^1.5.1: +opener@^1.5.2: version "1.5.2" resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/opener/-/opener-1.5.2.tgz#5d37e1f35077b9dcac4301372271afdeb2a13598" integrity sha512-ur5UIdyw5Y7yEj9wLzhqXiy6GZ3Mwx0yGI+5sMn2r0N0v3cKJvUmFH5yPP+WXh9e0xfyzyJX95D8l088DNFj7A== @@ -6179,15 +6178,10 @@ trim-repeated@^1.0.0: dependencies: glob "^7.1.2" -tryer@^1.0.1: - version "1.0.1" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/tryer/-/tryer-1.0.1.tgz#f2c85406800b9b0f74c9f7465b81eaad241252f8" - integrity sha512-c3zayb8/kWWpycWYg87P71E1S1ZL6b6IJxfb5fvsUgsf0S2MVGaDhDXXjDMpdCpfWXqptc+4mXwmiy1ypXqRAA== - -ts-loader@8.0.9: - version "8.0.9" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/ts-loader/-/ts-loader-8.0.9.tgz#890fc25f49a99124268f4e738ed22d00f666dc37" - integrity sha512-rQd+iIfz5z4HSVzhhRFP4M2OQ0QmihilWWauYvvowBfnRvr4DW+gqA2om70xp/07EQj1qBkLMWobnXsgmWMbmg== +ts-loader@8.0.10: + version "8.0.10" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/ts-loader/-/ts-loader-8.0.10.tgz#4af4afb8d26847290cd010df93a4c172df92278f" + integrity sha512-5fVbbZldz6LQi6RQ0v1P7lZ98CZGlQyM8b4xGZXw3G/XUqL8GIH+Ib6H01nImPhkHZ9+PVXZgTb+v3fRsaIHlg== dependencies: chalk "^2.3.0" enhanced-resolve "^4.0.0" @@ -6482,24 +6476,23 @@ watchpack@^2.0.0: glob-to-regexp "^0.4.1" graceful-fs "^4.1.2" -webpack-bundle-analyzer@3.9.0: - version "3.9.0" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/webpack-bundle-analyzer/-/webpack-bundle-analyzer-3.9.0.tgz#f6f94db108fb574e415ad313de41a2707d33ef3c" - integrity sha512-Ob8amZfCm3rMB1ScjQVlbYYUEJyEjdEtQ92jqiFUYt5VkEeO2v5UMbv49P/gnmCZm3A6yaFQzCBvpZqN4MUsdA== +webpack-bundle-analyzer@4.1.0: + version "4.1.0" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/webpack-bundle-analyzer/-/webpack-bundle-analyzer-4.1.0.tgz#31f9e5e187ee32fae2392b21806582cc6fe74cf9" + integrity sha512-R3oQaPn7KGJGqnOyuAbdNlH4Nm+w+gvoXQZWqYjgaMnR+vY4Ga8VD5ntfkKa00GarO7LQfOlePvtGvr254Z4Ag== dependencies: - acorn "^7.1.1" - acorn-walk "^7.1.1" - bfj "^6.1.1" - chalk "^2.4.1" - commander "^2.18.0" - ejs "^2.6.1" - express "^4.16.3" - filesize "^3.6.1" - gzip-size "^5.0.0" - lodash "^4.17.19" - mkdirp "^0.5.1" - opener "^1.5.1" - ws "^6.0.0" + acorn "^8.0.4" + acorn-walk "^8.0.0" + chalk "^4.1.0" + commander "^6.2.0" + ejs "^3.1.5" + express "^4.17.1" + filesize "^6.1.0" + gzip-size "^5.1.1" + lodash "^4.17.20" + mkdirp "^1.0.4" + opener "^1.5.2" + ws "^7.3.1" webpack-cli@4.2.0: version "4.2.0" @@ -6633,12 +6626,10 @@ write@1.0.3: dependencies: mkdirp "^0.5.1" -ws@^6.0.0: - version "6.2.1" - resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/ws/-/ws-6.2.1.tgz#442fdf0a47ed64f59b6a5d8ff130f4748ed524fb" - integrity sha512-GIyAXC2cB7LjvpgMt9EKS2ldqr0MTrORaleiOno6TweZ6r3TKtoFQWay/2PceJ3RuBasOHzXNn5Lrw1X0bEjqA== - dependencies: - async-limiter "~1.0.0" +ws@^7.3.1: + version "7.3.1" + resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/ws/-/ws-7.3.1.tgz#d0547bf67f7ce4f12a72dfe31262c68d7dc551c8" + integrity sha512-D3RuNkynyHmEJIpD2qrgVkc9DQ23OrN/moAwZX4L8DfvszsJxpjQuUq3LMx6HoYji9fbIOBY18XWBsAux1ZZUA== xtend@^4.0.0: version "4.0.2"